House of Assembly: Vol33 - TUESDAY 20 APRIL 1971

TUESDAY, 20TH APRIL, 1971 Prayers—2.20 p.m. SECOND REPORT OF SELECT COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC ACCOUNTS (ON UNAUTHORIZED EXPENDITURE, 1969-’70)

Report presented.

QUESTIONS (see “QUESTIONS AND REPLIES”).

FIRST READING OF BILLS

The following Bills were read a First Time:

Community Development Amendment Bill.

Slums Amendment Bill.

APPROPRIATION BILL (Second Reading resumed) *The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

Mr. Speaker, in the past three weeks I have heard a wide variety of opinions concerning the Budget which I introduced in this House on 31st March. These diverse opinions came from a wide variety of people. They came from people inside and outside this House. They came from economists and from businessmen. They came from agricultural and workers’ organizations. They came from experts and from persons who are not really experts. Looking at all of them, we find that we have here a chaos of totally divergent and contrasting opinions. But if, out of all the numerous views, I have to select one which gives the pithiest description of the nature and the character of the Budget, the honour must go to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. The day after the Budget was introduced the hon. the Leader of the Opposition made a statement to the Argus which saw the Budget in principle as “the Budget we did not want”, or the Budget which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition and his party had not wanted.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

Which the people had not wanted.

*The. MINISTER:

All of a sudden the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has now become the people! The hon. the Opposition was totally confounded by the Budget with which they were presented on 31st March. It was very clear that they had received a Budget which they had not hoped for and which they had not expected at all. This appeared the most clearly from the performance of my hon. friend the member for Parktown when he had to reply to the Budget the day it was presented here. The hon. member for Parktown was totally confounded. I have never yet seen the hon. member, who is a good debater, struggle as he did that day. He had, of course, expected a different Budget and he had prepared a speech which would have been suitable for that Budget, but which was not at all appropriate on this occasion. Nevertheless, plucky as he is, he proceeded with the prepared speech. To show that he was, after all, conversant with what had been said that day, he seized upon this and touched upon that and made all sorts of muddled statements. The hon. member carried on just like a ballet dancer and jumped from one point to another. If I may put it this way, he danced to a tune the orchestra was not playing. I felt very sorry for the hon. member. But I was not the only one who felt sorry for him; the hon. the Leader of the Opposition also felt sorry for him. That is why the hon. the Leader of the Opposition quite unconventionally published a statement in the Argus the next day. Everyone who read that statement could infer from it what I have just stated, namely that this Budget is a difficult one for the hon. members opposite because they did not expect it and because it is one which they do not like.

In the first place the hon. members had expected, as had been written during the preceding three months, that this Budget would be the harshest and toughest South Africa had known since 1910. They had expected that the people of South Africa would be doubly chastised. How disappointed they were to find that the Budget was much milder and more lenient than had been predicted! They had been deprived of the opportunity to go outside and tell the people about the harsh and heartless Budget of a merciless Government. If they do it nonetheless, as they apparently still want to—and they have done it too—the people will in any case very soon discover what the true position is.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

Ask Connie what he said at Witbank.

*The. MINISTER:

There is a second reason why the hon. members do not like this Budget. This is the magnitude of the benefits granted to the lower-income groups in this Budget. Seldom has a Budget been introduced in this House which benefited the infirm, the dependants, the aged and the less well-to-do as much as does this very Budget. This Budget has brought benefits to both social and civil pensioners.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

Ten cents a day.

*The. MINISTER:

This Budget has brought the old-age pensioners an increase of R3 a month, which has raised their pension to R38 a month. That hon. member who talks about ten cents a day must bear in mind that when this Government took over from his Government in 1948, the war veterans were receiving R10 a month as against the R38 a month they are receiving today. Hon. members on that side of the House are not people who should talk about these matters. This Budget has also brought a relaxation of the means test in respect of almost all pensioners. War pensions have been improved. There are also improvements in respect of attendants’ allowances, childrens’ allowances and pensions for miners’ widows. Estate duty has been eased. There are also housing benefits for 53 000 families. R25 million has been given to the Land Bank. The wool farmers have received assistance to the amount of R7 million. There are a large number of similar examples which I can mention to hon. members of what this Budget has brought the middle- and lower-income groups. If hon. members would go through the Budget, they would find that the assistance to the lower-income groups and pensioners amounts to no less than R141 million and that the assistance to the farmers amounts to no less than R143 million. Included in this are, for instance, amounts such as R26 million for wheat farmers, R15 million for artificial fertilizer for farmers, R30 million for maize farmers, R6 million for interest equalization funds, R7 million for the wool industry, which I have mentioned, and a further R20 million for assistance to farmers. In all, assistance to the amount of R143 million is being rendered to the farmers.

But these amounts, by which thousands of the less well-to-do among our people are benefited, do not count with hon. members on that side of the House. No, they merely made a few oblique references to them. One or two hon. members on that side of the House said: “Of course, we are thankful for it.” Then the matter was left at that. They are not interested in these things. The lot of the less privileged, which has been so strongly high-lighted in this Budget, is of lesser importance as far as they are concerned. It is interesting that the hon. member for Umbilo, who has spoken on pensions at every Budget as far as I can remember, was as quiet as a mouse in this debate, because he could say nothing against these matters. No, the Opposition had not expected that the Government would, under the present difficult circumstances, still be able to produce a Budget with so many benefits for so large a section of our population.

The interest of hon. members on that side of the House lies elsewhere. Their interest does not lie with these less well-to-do people. Their interest is entirely concentrated on the rich, as appears from the words they used, namely that this Budget is intended “to soak the rich”. I shall return to this to demonstrate that hon. members on that side of the House launched their attacks on this Budget chiefly because they believe that it imposes heavier and excessive taxes upon the rich in our country. The issue here is not the benefits to our poor, but the benefits to the rich, who have, in their opinion, been prejudiced.

†This, Mr. Speaker, brings me to what is regarded as the real core of the Budget, namely its taxation proposals. I read in one of last Sunday’s papers that the hon. member for Parktown had made one of his customary statements to the Press. The latest statement he made appeared in a newspaper last Sunday under the heading, “Emdin slams Diederichs. Tax surge shock after R5 000 p.a.” In regard to this Press statement of his and also in regard to the speech he made in this House, I must again indicate that the hon. member is primarily interested in those taxpayers whose incomes exceed R5 000 per annum and not in the benefits which are granted in the Budget to those who are earning less than that amount. In addition I wish to point out that the figures quoted by my hon. friend are, to say the least, misleading and do not give the true picture of the real state of affairs. This is so because in the first place, in comparing this year’s proposed tax with last year’s, he omits to say that the increase which the citizen has to pay this year compared with last year, consists to a greater extent of an increase in the tax itself. I think that hon. members in the savings levy rather than an increase on the other side of the House must agree that there is a vast difference between tax and savings levies.

This brings me to another aspect of the hon. member on the other side’s policy in regard to the fighting of inflation. In previous debates I have asked particularly the hon. member for Parktown whether he also believes in monetary and fiscal policies in the fight against inflation or in revitalizing a sagging economy. As far as I can recall, the answer was in the affirmative. It must be in the affirmative, because as far as I know all countries of the world make use of monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation or to revitalize the economy. They make use of monetary measures in the form of restriction of credit and furthermore they make use of fiscal methods like higher taxation, all with the intention of withdrawing money from circulation.

Mr. S. EMDIN:

And then spending it again!

The MINISTER:

The hon. member seems to agree with me. If hon. members on that side of the House agree that fiscal methods are required in the fight against inflation, why do they criticize me when I increase taxation to a small extent and when I increase savings levies? The whole battle during the last few days over this Budget was in regard to the higher savings levy and to the slightly higher taxation as a part of the battle against inflation. They always fight against me, and ask why do I not restrain inflation in this country, but when I do take steps in this regard, I do not find anything but criticism from the other side of the House. I want to know where the hon. gentlemen get the right to say on the one hand that this Budget is not a deflationary budget.

Mr. S. EMDIN:

It is not.

The MINISTER:

Then the hon. member says again that it is not a deflationary budget, but they do criticize the anti-inflationary measures which are contained in this Budget, particularly the measures against consumption, which is generally regarded as the main cause of inflation. The hon. member also criticized me in regard to taxation and the marginal rates for taxation. The hon. gentleman said in his Press statement and also in the House, that I have gone back on my policy enunciated in my Budget Speech of 1969, of lowering the marginal rates of taxation of the higher income groups, and particularly to eliminate the tax bulge. The hon. members really do not know what they are talking about. The hon. members who say these things have not done their homework properly. Let us look at the actual state of affairs. They are attacking me for going back on my word and going back to a position prior to the 1969 Budget. That hon. friend said that I am going back even further than that. The hon. member conveniently failed to mention that before the 1969 Budget the basic marginal rate of 66,8 per cent was payable on an amount of R18 000, whereas, under the proposed scales in this Budget, the marginal rate at R18 000 is only 41,8 per cent. There is a vast difference between 41,8 per cent and 66,8 per cent. Let me repeat it. Under the old system a man earning R18 000 was taxed at the marginal rate of 66,8 per cent and in my proposals in this Budget a man earning R18 000 is taxed at the marginal rate of only 41,8 per cent, a difference of 25 per cent. And then the hon. member says that I am going back to the pre-1969 scales of taxation.

Mr. S. EMDIN:

Plus the sales tax.

The MINISTER:

Yes. I will come to this in a moment. [Interjections.] Hon. members will not laugh in this cynical way after I have read out to them a few figures. Let us look at the actual figures to see what is being done in regard to taxation. Let us look at what the position was before 1969 and what it is under the present taxation. Let us take the case of a married man with two children earning R5 000 per annum. Before 1969 he paid R431 in tax including a loan levy of R41. Under my present proposals he will pay R343, including a loan levy of R35. I am sorry to quote all these figures, but I think it is necessary to put them on record. A man earning R7 000 per annum, and hon. members must listen to this, paid R1 159 which included a loan levy of R114 under the old system. Under the present proposed system he will only pay R704 in taxation of which R79 is in respect of savings levies. Under the old system a man earning R9 000 per annum paid R2 140 in taxation, but under the proposed system he will only pay R1 202. So I can go on to show that these hon. gentlemen did not do their homework properly. I can quote further figures. In terms of the 1969 Budget, relief was granted to the man earning R9 000 to the extent of R1 054. Now the tax of such a man will be increased by R116. He received relief of R1 054 and his tax is now increased by only R116. In spite of this, members opposite say that I have gone back to the pre-1969 taxation scales. I could carry on for a whole day to show that the hon. gentlemen opposite really did not know what they were talking about.

What I am going to say now is hard to believe. Let us go back for one moment to the tax philosophy of hon. members on the other side and let us see for ourselves whether they really have a tax policy and a tax philosophy. Let us go back to the 1969 debate. In 1969 when I introduced a new system of taxation lowering the high rates of taxation in the higher and middle income groups, what did the chief spokesman of the United Party then say? He said: “I accuse the Government of introducing a rich man’s Budget in that the well-to-do would benefit substantially by the decrease in direct taxation.” He criticized me and said that it was a rich man’s Budget. But I want to go further. The hon. member for Pinetown said: “This Budget is making the rich man richer and the poor man poorer.” Now I come to the main spokesman on the other side of the House, the hon. member for Parktwon. He said: “The tax measures will benefit the upper income groups. For them it is a champagne Budget, which will spark off a share market boom. The rich are getting richer free of tax. The worshipper of mammon make obeisance to the hon. the Minister.” These are the hon. gentlemen who have the audacity of coming to this House and attacking me, saying that I am going back on my word and increasing taxation, that I am “soaking the rich”.

One of the main attacks of the hon. members on the other side of the House is always to say that under this present Government in the last 22 years the economy has not flourished as it should have flourished and that the standard of living of the country had not increased as it should have increased. Every day we heard in these Budget debates how badly the poor worker, the labouring people, fare under the administration of the present Government. I want to make the statement today that never did the worker have it as good as today.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

Ha, ha!

The MINISTER:

I want to prove to my hon. friend from the Transkei that from 1948 to 1970, according to statistics, the living standards of all these workers have risen considerably. Again I want to mention figures for the sake of the record. According to the statistics obtainable for 1948 to 1970 there was an increase in the cost-of-living index of 99,8 per cent. Let us put it at 100 per cent. Now, how do the wages or the salaries of the workers compare with this 100 per cent rise in the cost-of-living index? Let us take a few examples. Those working in the mines and quarries in 1948 had a wage of R1 175. In 1970 the wage was R4 253. There was an increase of 262 per cent. What does it mean? An increase in the cost of living of 100 per cent and a wage increase of 262 per cent—a real increase of 81,2 per cent. I can go to the gold mines. There was an increase of 243 per cent and a real increase of 71,8 per cent. I can go on to manufacturing industry. They had a real increase of 107,2 per cent. The workers in the food industry had a real increase of 102,8 per cent, and those in the textile industry 116,3 per cent.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Are those Europeans and non-Europeans?

The MINISTER:

No, these are the European figures. But the hon. member must not think he will find a way out here. We are talking about the voters; they are talking about the voters all the time. I will show them that they are always talking about the taxpayer in this country who has to pay so much tax. They must not try and run away. In the chemical industry there was a real increase of 80 per cent. As regards the non-metal industry, there was a 95 per cent increase, while the figure for the metal products industry is 133 per cent and that of the machinery industry 131,7 per cent. So I could go on. You know, Sir, almost the worst figure of all was that for the public authorities. The real increase in respect of the Government and Provincial Administrations was only 40 per cent.

But the hon. members not only always say that the workers in this country are doing badly, whereas I could disprove it now with figures from the Department of Statistics. They are always telling the world everything in South Africa is as bad as it possibly can be, and that business is on the downgrade in South Africa. Let me tell hon. members that during the past week-end only from one paper, the Sunday Times, I took four different references to the economic and business conditions in South Africa. Here is one of them—

Immigrants group rings up sales of 4,5 million a year: This group has grown at the rate of 40 per cent a year during the past 5 years.

Here is another one; “Cut to measure centres flourish”, and another one “steel furniture market grows 25 per cent a year”. Here is yet another one—

Growth rate well above the South African mean: The total output of

South Africa’s light engineering industry is expected to top R1 113 million this year, an increase of 15 per cent on the output for 1969, or 7,5 per cent per year.

Mr. S. A. VAN DEN HEEVER:

Why did the revenue from companies drop?

The MINISTER:

The hon. member should not be in such a hurry—he might get an answer to his question. Here is another quote: “Ackermans picks up R929 000”. These quotes are taken from only one edition of a newspaper, quotes showing how the country has advanced and how business is growing. The hon. member has asked about the profits of companies. Here I have the latest edition of the Financial Mail and I take it hon. members opposite believe what is written in the Financial Mail. This is a paper which has always been very critical, and very negative but despite that attitude there is an article in this issue under the heading “A crumb for comfort—industrial profits continue to grow at a healthy rate in 1970 … While it may be encouraging to note that profits gained 15,8 per cent in 1970 over 1969 …”. This then is the reply to the hon. gentleman about profits. Profits in these companies grew by 15,8 per cent in 1970.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

Go on with your quotation.

The MINISTER:

Yes, certainly. It reads—

A rate of increase very little below the 16,4 of the earlier year …

In a special survey of the Financial Mail one can find the same thing—

One would expect that credit restrictions would at least start to slow South Africa’s astonishing corporate growth in 1970 …
Mr. H. MILLER:

What is the date of that?

The MINISTER:

April 16th—four days ago. Mr. Speaker, under economic conditions like these the most sensitive barometer might be the Stock Exchange. So let us see what the Stock Exchange reports. [Interjections.] I say “under economic conditions like these” the most sensitive criterion might be the Stock Exchange. The Financial Editor of the Cape Times on the 17th April reported—

The quiet bull market in industrial and financial shares which has been evident for some weeks now, continued over the past week with considerable headway being shown by a large number of shares. If we had not been so spoilt by the great boom of a couple of years ago, this week could have been described as a “boomlet”.

In the Argus of last night there was an article also by its financial editor:

Hopes rise as Johannesburg’s Stock Exchange firms; Industrial share prices have firmed significantly on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange in the past week or so, once again raising hopes that the market slide, which is now almost two years old, has at last been halted.

Now, Mr. Speaker, if all the prophecies of hon. members opposite that the country was going downhill continually, had become true, why should there then be life on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange? [Interjections.] But why should it rise and why should the opinion be expressed that the turning point may have arrived? [Interjections.] Hon. members should give me an opportunity to make my point. There is another paragraph in this particular paper wherein it is pointed out that the Government’s monetary and fiscal measures aimed at suppressing inflation “appeared to be working well”. Therefore, if everything is going so badly with the country economically, why then do we not find an increase in the number of bankruptcies and insolvencies? Let me give hon. members just the total number of insolvencies since 1966. In 1966 there were 774, in 1967 there were 698, in 1968 there were 682, in 1969 there were 641—in other words, the total is coming down every year in spite of the so-called bad economic condition painted by hon. members opposite. In 1970, up to July, the number of insolvencies was 302. These were the insolvencies, despite the increase in the population and despite the increase of people going into business. Despite all that the number is decreasing year after year.

*That hon. members did not like this Budget is understandable for another reason—this Budget does not offer a solution to the problems of this country in the sole form, as they want it, of labour.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Not only labour.

*The. MINISTER:

Well, then I am sorry that this debate is over for I would very much have liked to have seen hon. members opposite being afforded an opportunity of explaining to us what their policy in respect of inflation actually is, that is, apart from the question of labour. Throughout this entire debate, hon. members opposite produced nothing along these lines. All they had to say was that labour should be increased; then all our problems would be solved. At the time of the Part Appropriation last February I put a question to which I have still not received a reply. I pointed out to them at the time that there are countries with an abundance of labour which are nevertheless also saddled with an inflation problem—inter alia, Italy, Britain and America.

Mr. S. EMDIN:

I replied to that during the Third Reading debate on the Part Appropriation Bill.

*The. MINISTER:

Nor have they furnished an explanation of the fact that although there was an abundance of Bantu labour from 1945 to 1948, i.e. when they were governing—in fact there was unemployment—when the soldiers returned from the front and there was money, they were unable at the time to solve the problem of inflation.

Mr. Speaker, what I find so surprising is that the hon. members on that side do not want to take the trouble to make, once and for all, an extensive analysis of the problem of inflation in this House. They must not merely tell us that we must accommodate the inflation problem by means of the greater utilization of Bantu labour. Let them make a comprehensive analysis for us here of the problem of inflation and all its implications and complications. Let me just put a few questions to them: The Opposition have never told us how they want to incorporate the increased number of Bantu. They have never told us how they are able to solve the shortage of skilled workers through the greater utilization of Bantu. They have perhaps stated here and there that they are going to consult the trade unions, but they have not said whether they are going to consult the left-wing or the right-wing trade unions. They have not told us, if they should consult the left-wing trade unions, what protection they are going to afford the Whites. They have never given us any proof that their solution will combat inflation; they have never proved to us that their solution will bring satisfaction and happiness to the workers; they have never given us a reply to the question of work reservation. No, Sir, I get the impression that this introduction of non-White labour into industry, as they want to do it, is to serve a purpose other than a purely economic one. The hon. member for Yeoville is not present at the moment. Yesterday he waxed very eloquent about this problem. He quoted from the speech made by a Stellenbosch economist, Mr. De Vries, Mr. De Vries who has recently been quoted so extensively by hon. members on the opposite side. I find it strange that the hon. member for Yeoville did not read out this sentence as well. Mr. De Vries says—

In the long term the only way to tackle inflation effectively was to strike a balance between wage increases and productivity. This could not be achieved by consciously creating unemployment as the first to lose their jobs would be the non-Whites, and this could result in serious labour unrest.

But now you must listen, Sir—

My personal opinion is that we can only achieve this balance by creating job uncertainty amongst the Whites, and we can only do this by allowing non-Whites to do jobs at present being done by Whites.

Now hon. members on that side have absolutely nothing to say. The hon. member for Yeoville quoted Mr. De Vries here as an example of a clear-thinking economist. I wonder whether it is also the opinion of hon. members on that side that the solution lies in “creating job uncertainty amongst the Whites … and we can only do this by allowing non-Whites to do jobs at present being done by Whites”.

Mr. Speaker, I come now to a few general questions in regard to certain features of this Budget. In the first place I want to refer to the accusation of over-taxation, an accusation which has been completely refuted by the figures I have just mentioned.

*Mr. D. M. STREICHER:

What about the excise duty?

*The. MINISTER:

That hon. member has just made a joke now for the other hon. members to laugh at. Sir, it is being said that this Budget is allegedly inflationary. It has been said by many hon. members on that side of the House. The hon. member for Parktown was one of them. He and other members alleged that this Budget is inflationary and that it will supposedly lead to demands for higher wages. The hon. member for Parktown referred to last year’s Budget and pointed out that we are concluding this Budget with a deficit. He expressed his regret at the fact that we in South Africa should conclude a revenue estimate with a deficit. I also regretted that, but I can encourage the hon. member by saying that our figures now present a different picture. Hon. members know that if one presents a Budget on 31st March, you are working with figures which are approximately four to five weeks old. You do not have the correct figures. As it happened a large amount of money entered the Treasury towards the last week of March. The position is now that we can tell you what the latest position on 31st March was.

The latest figures indicate that receipts in respect of inland revenue are R26,3 million higher than the previous estimate; that customs and excise is R0,7 million lower than the previous estimate, and that the expenditure of the Government is R11,5 million lower than the previous estimate. In other words, I can now reassure my friends that we are no longer concluding with a deficit, but with a revenue surplus of R1,7 million.

As far as this year’s Budget is concerned, the hon. members, and particularly the hon. member for Constantia, said that this Budget is an inflationary one as a result of the R150 million we are borrowing from abroad. Yes, that in itself is inflationary, but the result is that the capital market in South Africa is to a larger extent than being left to local entrepreneurs. In spite of what my friend said the other day, there is a shortage, a scarcity, of capital in South Africa. If the Government had wanted to meet all its needs by means of loans made on the local market, it would in the first place have left little capital for other entrepreneurs who need capital, and in the second place the Government would have had to offer interest rates which would have disrupted the entire interest rate pattern from its context. It is for that reason that we feel that in spite of the fact that this R150 million has an inflationary character, it is nevertheless in the country’s interest to allow it in so that the local capital can to a greater extent be used for local industrial development. But I also want to inform the hon. members that of that R150 million which is being borrowed by the State from abroad, a very large portion of it will go back again in the form of payments by the State. I am just mentioning the interest payments which cost many millions. I am mentioning that additional amount of more than R20 million which is being paid in the form of interest this year. I am also mentioning the R20 million which is going to the I.M.F. I have been asked here what amount of the imports to South Africa are for the Government and Government bodies. In the past year R51,5 million was for the Government, the Railways and the Post Office. We were unable to obtain the figures for the corporations, but it was R51.5 million for the first-mentioned organizations. Defence is not included here, but I think the hon. member will understand that we prefer not to mention those figures.

That brings me to the hon. member for Constantia, who said that “in the present circumstances it is not advisable to finance capital expenditure to such an extent from current revenue; the Government should rather seek its funds in the capital market”. Sir, the point I did in fact make, was that we were making use of current expenditure partially in order to curb consumption, to reduce the consumption by the people and in that way combat inflation.

Mr. D. D. BAXTER:

It puts prices and costs up.

*The. MINISTER:

I cannot hear what the hon. member is saying. In addition, as I have already mentioned, we do not have sufficient capital in this country to meet all the requirements of a growing population and a growing country. In the third place we are making use, not so much of increased taxation, but of increased loan levies which are paid back to the people. This Budget also encourages saving. Saving is not only anti-inflationary, but saving brings us the capital we need for future growth.

The hon. members on the opposite side kept on saying that this Budget did not promote industrial growth. I wonder why the hon. members have such short memories. Do hon. members not know that there is in our tax system an in-built method of promoting industrial growth? Do hon. members not know that in the Budget of six, seven months ago I announced new measures for promoting our industrial growth? Must we with every budget always announce new accumulating measures for the promotion of industries in our country? Do hon. members not know that, to mention an example, if a person spends RIO000 to purchase a machine for an industry, he receives an investment allowance of R1 500, an initial allowance of R1 500, and a wear-and-tear allowance of R850? Altogether this comes to R3 850. If an industrialist buys such a machine, a tremendous amount is, as it were, being given to him as a cash donation to encourage him to revitalize his industry. In this Budget R16,5 million is being set aside for that industrial purpose.

The measures we announced for industrial development in the homelands, which will be expanded even further, stimulates industrial growth and will continue to do so. Exemption from certain taxes is going to stimulate industry. Above all, the infrastructure of a country is the greatest and most important requirement for its industrial development. A country cannot develop unless it has the infrastructure which makes industrial growth possible. That is what makes it necessary that the industrial growth of a country should occasionally slow down for a while, so that the Government has an opportunity to bring its industrial structure up to the level it ought to be on.

I want to tell hon. members what the Budget has done for the infrastructure of our country. We have made a calculation. Of the total Budget of R3 436 700 000, after R42,3 million has been transferred to Bantu education, an amount of R1 580 607 000 is being made available for the infrastructure. R628 million is being made available for the economic aspect. For the more social aspect, R952 million has been proposed for the infrastructure. I want to mention a few examples: Loans to Railways, R168 million; Postal Administration, R50 million; State Water schemes, R101,5 million; educational institutions, R7.5 million; hospital and schools, R84 million; housing and slum clearance, R54 million. So I can go on to show that in this Budget an amount of approximately R1 600 million is being made available for the expansion of the infrastructure.

I again wish to say something now which hon. members on that side will not like. I just want to draw one comparison, because I think that one is enough, to show the difference between the former Government of the hon. members on the opposite side and our Government this year. It is in the field of education. Will hon. members believe that in the year 1948-’49, when we took over from them, the expenditure on education for Whites was R47,4 million, while the expenditure for education of Whites in this Budget this year amounts to R398.4 million? That is an increase of 740 per cent. [Interjections.] Let us now look at the figures in respect of Whites plus Coloured persons. The United Party’s expenditure in respect of all of them was R64 million, while ours is R537 million.

I just want to refer in passing to the “incompetence” about which hon. members on that side of the House had such a lot to say. They spoke of the incompetence of a National Party Government. Let us now pause for a moment and draw a comparison between the National Party Government and the various provinces. Since 1948 the expenditure of the National Party Government has increased by 460 per cent. The expenditure of the Natal Provincial Administration, which is run by the United Party, increased by 539 per cent. It is very interesting to see that the United Party governed Provincial Administration in Natal showed the highest growth in expenditure, i.e. 539 per cent, and that the National Party province, the Free State, showed the smallest growth in expenditure. [Interjections.] There is a great deal of squawking when one throws a stone into a fowl-run.

Hon. members on that side of the House accused us of having done nothing in respect of exports. My time is limited, but I just want to point out that last year I announced a considerable accommodation for exporters, if only exporters would make use of it. I want to mention the example that if an exporter spends, say, R10 000 on promoting exports, he can deduct between R15 000 to R20 000, depending on his export achievements, from his taxable income. In other words, of that R10 000 the State will pay between 60 and 80 per cent. This was announced last year in August. It is now coming into operation. There are also certain intersest subsidies to promote exports. This year it will cost us R1 100 000.

In the third place, this Budget curbs consumption. One of the reasons for our poor export achievement, is that our consumer spending in South Africa is too high. If we curb consumption, we will have more available for exports.

†I now want to turn to certain more technical matters. These matters have been raised in this House mostly by the hon. member for Parktown. Although they are technical, they are of great importance and I want to elucidate some of the matters raised by the hon. member.

The first matter concerns the new system of loan levy on company dividends. Questions have been put to me outside this House and a whole host of inquiries have been made in regard to the actual meaning of this new loan levy on company dividends. The hon. member for Parktown raised this question, but I must say that he has not been quality of associating himself with the wild guesses that the Government will collect about R100 million to R200 million from this source, The hon. member will appreciate that it is not possible to explain and discuss the technical aspects of income tax legislation in a Budget speech. There will be ample opportunity for that when the Income Tax Bill is introduced. My Department and I, too, have had numerous inquiries as to how the measure is to be applied. Accordingly, I gladly give the House further details in this regard.

As can be deduced from the taxation proposals which I tabled, the Income Tax Act will be amended to include dividends in the taxable income of companies for purposes of the levy. It follows that the expenses incurred in the production of such dividends will be allowed as a deduction against the gross dividend receipts. In addition a company will be allowed to deduct from the dividends received in any tax year, the dividends distributed during the same tax year to another company which is not exempted from the levy. The effect of the latter deduction will be that companies who conduct their affairs by means of a series of companies will not be liable for the levy on dividends passing from one company to another if the dividends are declared during the same tax year. My estimate that the new loan levy at 7½ per cent will produce R20 million during the 1971-’72 financial year, remains unaltered. It is very important to state that companies whose financial years end shortly should note that to qualify for the deduction, the dividends should be declared in the same tax year as they are received.

Another matter which is of great interest to many people is the fringe benefits. In the course of my Budget speech I mentioned some general tax matters arising from the Franzsen Commission’s report. One of the points I raised was the question of fringe benefits and the commission’s alarm at the growing tendency to use such benefits as a means of avoiding tax. I agree with the commission’s views and I stated earlier on that I have instructed my department to make a further investigation into the scope of these practices and to determine what misuse was being made of them. In his speech the hon. member for Parktown, while agreeing with the principle that these fringe benefits should be subjected to tax, drew attention to certain difficult areas in the fringe benefits field. I accept his well-meant remarks, which I think were intended as a guide to my department in the investigation which they are undertaking at present. I do, however, wish to clear up a point which he has raised and which may be misconstrued. He mentioned the “problem of benefits under economic and sub-economic schemes, which are looked after by my friend, the hon. the Minister of Community Development. How will he deal with these benefits”? As the hon. member must surely know, the only benefits the Income Tax Act, as it stands, seeks to tax are those arising from employment or from the holding of an office. The principle remains, as it is additional remuneration paid by means of fringe benefits which we are seeking to tax. Benefits under economic or sub-economic schemes, run by the Government or local authorities, are not affected as they do not arise from employment of the holding of an office. I can assure the hon. member that we will be very circumspect and that we will not seek to cause pinpricks, but we must combat schemes for tax evasion or avoidance especially by means of large tax-free benefits where they are reserved for the selected few and are not available as ordinary taxable remuneration to the large body of employees.

Another very important point is a matter which has been raised about abatements instead of rebates. The hon. member for Parktown criticized the proposed system of deductions from income to be allowed to taxpayers in the place of the existing system of rebates from tax. He laid particular stress on the diminution of the abatements as the income of a taxpayer increases beyond R5 000 until they disappear entirely at varying income levels depending on the number of children and other abateable items such as dependants and insurance, details of which will be given in the Income Tax Bill.

As the hon. member knows, a system of reducing abatements is not foreign to the South African tax structure and it was in fact enforced up to 1940. In that year, for example, the abatements were £400 for a married and a single taxpayer, and £100 for each child. The sum total of the abatements was reduced by £1 for every £10 by which a married taxpayer’s taxable income exceeded £600 and £1 for every £1 by which an unmarried person’s taxable income exceeded £400. There is a very good reason for this measure. It is a firm principle in the levying of tax on income that the amount payable by a taxpayer must be commensurate to his ability to pay, having regard to his family circumstances. This is reiterated in the first report of the Franzsen Commission in dealing with the question of abatements. It must be stressed that whether you deduct a rebate from tax or an abatement from income it is not done as a means of compensating a taxpayer for actual expenditure incurred in the upkeep of his household. It is only to bring his tax in line with his taxpaying ability.

The system of abatements, where deductions are made from income, would naturally be more favourable the higher one’s income goes, as deductions would be equal to the taxpayer’s marginal rate of tax. Thus an abatement of R450 for a child would mean a tax relief of R45 where the taxpayer is in the R2 000 to R3 000 income category with a 10 per cent marginal rate. That would give a taxpayer in the over R28 000 income category with a 60 per cent basic marginal tax rate relief to an amount of R270. Having regard to the ability to pay principle, this advantage to the high income groups cannot be justified if one takes into consideration that in relation to income the support of a child weighs more heavily on the lower and middle income groups and that such support requires a smaller portion of the income of a person in the high income group, thus having a smaller effect on his ability to pay. The necessity for relief therefore diminishes as income increases. In other words, the bigger the income, the smaller the relative need for tax relief to adjust the tax payable according to the taxpayer’s ability to pay.

Finally I wish to make it very clear that contributions to pension and retirement annuity funds are deductible expenses against income and do not fall for inclusion under abatements. Such contributions will continue to be allowed as deductions and are not in the least affected by the proposed abatement system.

*Mr. SPEAKER:

in this connection I also want to make an announcement in regard to the new premium bonds the hon. member for Parktown was being a little hasty when he attacked me just after my Budget speech because I had not yet given any details about the premium bonds, although I had said in my Budget speech that the matter was being investigated and that I would say more in this connection later. In the Budget speech I said that a further announcement in regard to the State’s new means of saving, the premium bond, would be made. I decided to accept most of the recommendations of the Lodder Committee in regard to the conditions of these bonds, namely a minimum investment of R500 for a period of seven years and a bonus of 2 per cent payable if the bond has not been paid back before the end of the fifth year, and 4½ per cent if it is paid back at the end of the seventh year. The bond will not be repayable during the first year. In addition, the Government decided that the interest and bonus on these bonds should be completely tax-free. With a view to that the interest rate must of course be slightly lower than proposed by the committee. The interest rate will consequently be 5¾ per cent per annum for the first two years, 6½ per cent for the following three years, and 7 per cent for the last two years. The maximum investment for any individual, that is to say a tax unit, will be R40 000, regardless of any investment in other tax-free bonds. I think that this bond will be particularly attractive as a long-term investment for the higher income groups. It is hoped that the bond will be available in about two months, and a further announcement will in due course be made in the Press.

Now I come to another matter of great importance. The hon. member for Park-town and other hon. members have often in this House touched upon the matter of Government expenditure. In an earlier debate the hon. member for Parktown asked the strange question, whether the State can spend a rand to better effect than the individual. This is a question which we know is often posed in the economy when taxes are questioned, i.e. whether the Government can spend money to better effect than the individual. Usually the answer is “no, the individual can spend to better effect, and that is why he may not be taxed severely”. I want to say that the question the hon. member and others asked is a strange question. It is a question which casts doubt on the right of a state to tax a nation. My hon. friend knows that not long ago a new party originated in France, the Poullardists, and that that party declared themselves to be completely opposed to income tax. They gained quite a large following and subsequently disappeared. Those people gave out that taxation was not only unnecessary, but virtually anathema, because the individual could do everything better.

Now I want to concede that as far as personal matters are concerned, the individual can decide for himself to better effect than the State. There is a circle of interests where the individual is best able to take decisions in regard to his own financial affairs. But I do want to put this question to hon. members: Is there not also a common sphere, where the individual cannot see to his own needs, but where he needs the establishment of the State to provide the necessary facilities for him? Now I want to ask the hon. member this question: Will the individual pay the salaries of public servants? Will the individual give us schools, universities and training institutions? Will the individual supply us with postal and communication systems? Will the individual be able to see to our Railways, air services and road building in South Africa? I am not talking about a large country like America. Will the individual supply us with hospitals and other similar institutions? Will the individual see to the order and the security of the country? Will the individual give us courts of law? Will the individual provide us with police? Will the individual maintain the South African Army? Merely to ask these questions, shows how dangerous that question of my hon. friend is, i.e. whether the State can spend money to better effect than the individual. It proves to you that there is a tremendous sphere where only the State can spend the money.

Sir, I now come to another matter. I want to refer to the hon. member for Hill-brow. I am very sorry, but I thought at first that I should ignore the conduct of the hon. member for Hillbrow last week, as it was in fact ignored by most important newspapers. But I do nevertheless think that it is necessary to refer to that conduct. Hon. members who have been in this House with me for almost 23 years will know that it has never been in my custom to be personal in any respect. We have had hard and tough fights across the floor of this House where we pitted argument against argument for the sake of a cause in which we all believed. I think hon. members will agree that I have, to the best of my ability, tried never to be narrowly personal. But the hon. member for Hillbrow’s conduct forces me today to say things which I hope I will never again have to say in this House. In the speech which the hon. member made in this House last week, he was not speaking here with the purpose of making a contribution to the debate or of presenting facts and arguments with which to satisfy this House, but he came along here to place his own person in the foreground and to make an impression on his own behalf in this House. Of course the hon. member said unfavourable things about me and about the Budget. That, however, was not to my mind the most important aspect of his speech. The most important aspect of his speech was that he wanted to show us and his people what a wonderful person, what an excellent debater he is. That is why one cannot call his effort a speech. I want to describe it as an oratorical display, as a demagogic exhibition, an exaggerated and self-satisfied performance for the purpose of creating an impression for himself. One often reads in the newspapers and hears even here in the lobby, that the hon. member for Hillbrow is aspiring to the leadership of his party in the Transvaal and even to the leadership of my hon. friend here. I want to tell him that anyone who wants to be a leader of that party, must be a person who will also, at least, have the respect of this side of the House as well, otherwise he cannot be a leader. Well, if I want to use the impression the hon. member made on this side of the House as a yardstick for an assessment of his acceptability as leader for the other side of the House, then his chances are really less than poor … [Interjections.] I am sorry that I have been forced to say these words. But I hope that these words will prevent him from becoming the greatest political playboy this House has ever known.

Mr. W. V. RAW:

Why do you not answer his arguments?

The MINISTER:

I now come to another matter which was raised by several members on the other side, i.e. the question of the provinces. This was raised by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition, by the hon. member for Green Point, by the hon. member for Von Brandis, by the hon. member for Gardens and others. I hope hon. members will realize that there is no time now for me to go thoroughly into this matter. It will be fully discussed when the relevant Bill is presented to the House. But I should like to refer briefly to a number of points raised. It has been stated that many of the recommendations of the report have been rejected. Of course, the Government is never bound to accept all the recommendations of any report. All the recommendations of the Franzsen Commission were not accepted either. As a matter of fact, the hon. member for Pinetown even pleaded with me not to accept certain of those recommendations. The problem of the relationship between the Central Government, the provinces and local authorities will be studied continuously and if we consider it desirable to bring about other improvements we shall certainly do so in future.

By the hon. member for Green Point, I think, it was alleged that the autonomy of the provinces was being eroded. No proof has been advanced for this general and vague statement.

Mr. W. V. RAW:

Oh no.

Mr. H. MILLER:

That is somewhat naïve.

The MINISTER:

It is true that the provinces’s power to impose income tax as a percentage of Government income tax receipts as well as a personal or individual tax have been taken away and instead grants will be made to the provinces according to a certain new formula. But this does not mean that the activities of the provinces have been significantly impaired. Over the last 60 years the activities and the powers of the provinces have changed from time to time. New powers have been given to and old powers have been taken away from them. These proposals, which we have now laid upon the Table in White Papers, have been arrived at after long study and long discussions between the parties concerned and also with Prof. Schumann and Mr. Borckenhagen, and I am happy to be able to state in this House that both Prof. Schumann and Mr. Borckenhagen are very satisfied with the contents of the White Papers. I have letters to prove that.

The third question which has been asked by hon. members is whether the Administrators will still come cap in hand every year to the Minister for the necessary funds. I must admit here that one of my most difficult tasks every year and that of every Minister of Finance in South Africa over several years in the past has been to decide, when the Administrators come at the beginning of the year to ask for more money to finance their programmes, what amount to give to the provinces, without any formula which met the requirements of the situation. Every year we had to give the provinces extra-statutory amounts or subsidies without any fixed basis on which to calculate those subsidies. With the formula now proposed, which has been carefully worked out, we sincerely trust that we have found a method to calculate the grants to the provinces in such an objective way that no decision of an arbitrary nature will be necessary. Of course, Mr. Speaker, we all are human beings; we are all fallible, and it is quite impossible under constantly changing circumstances to devise a method of calculation which is completely infallible. In any case I do not believe that the Administrators will have to come cap in hand to me every year. If in the course of time we do find that the formula does not meet the requirements we shall naturally not hesitate to make the necessary amendments.

The last question put to me was with regard to the provision of capital funds to the provinces. My reply is that this question is a very difficult and a very complex one and one which is still being studied by my department. For the time being the capital requirements of the provinces will be determined largely by the provinces themselves under the close scrutiny of the Treasury. We hope that in the next year or two a new procedure will be introduced in regard to capital funds, consisting essentially of an extension of the new subsidy formula proposed in the White Paper. I do not think that I need go into greater detail on this matter; we shall have an opportunity of discussing it in detail later on.

Sir, the hon. member for Pinetown discussed the recommendations of the Franzsen Commission. He was perturbed about certain of the recommendations. I want to tell my hon. friend that the recommendations contained in the Franzsen report referred to the financial structure of South Africa and that they make certain proposals in regard to changes in our financial structure. The Government has not yet considered this third report, but having appointed a commission to investigate the capital structure in all the provinces the Government will certainly study these proposals and make its decisions public as soon as possible. I want to emphasize that these recommendations which my hon. friend talks about are recommendations in respect of not only foreign financial institutions but also South African financial institutions. They do not apply to other companies. The hon. member has mentioned the chemical industry, the paper industry, and the textile industry. These particular industries or companies do not fall under the recommendations of the Franzsen Commission’s report. I want to say here again that it is not our intention, although we still have to investigate the recommendations on financial companies, to restrict foreign capital investment in the sphere of secondary industry in this country. I have always said in this House that we welcome foreign capital for many reasons and we shall continue with that policy of welcoming foreign capital in this country.

*I now come to the last thought. It was a very interesting side of the debate we had here last week, i.e. the comparison of the economy of South Africa with the economy of the U.S.A. and of the United Kingdom. It was very interesting that whereas in the past hon. members opposite always took Japan as an example, they now came forward with the idea that we in South Africa should look to Great Britain, the United States and Rhodesia in order to see what a good economy is. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition spoke in the first place of Rhodesia. I think the hon. the Leader will pardon me if I do not refer to Rhodesia. I think the hon. member will understand that the economy of Rhodesia is in a position which cannot be compared at all. I may just say one thing. It is interesting that in Rhodesia, where there is free utilization of non-White labour, there is a shortage of 4,1 per cent in respect of skilled workers, while we have a shortage of 4,8 per cent. They do have a smaller shortage of skilled workers, but they nevertheless have a shortage, in spite of their labour policy.

Hon. members referred to Britain and said how wonderful the economy of Britain was, and asked why we did not model our economy on theirs. Let me now refer to the economy of Britian, and hon. members can find all this in The Economist of 3rd April of this year. The percentage increase in the real gross product between 1969 and 1970 was 1,7. Ours was more than 5 per cent. Between the first half of 1970 and the first half of 1971 the expected growth rate was only 1.3 per cent. The Budget which they have just introduced, is intended to make a target growth rate of 3 per cent possible over the next year without stimulating renewed demand inflation. Unemployment was 15,8 per cent higher in March, 1971. Retail prices were 8,5 per cent higher in February, 1971, than in February, 1970. This is the economy of Britain; unemployment, a larger balance of trade deficit, virtually no growth rate, higher cost of living. And hon. members opposite want to compare the economy of South Africa with that economy!

Hon. members went further and wanted to compare the economy of South Africa with that of America. They ask why we are not like America. Do the hon. members not know that the American economy is in an extremely critical position today? Do they not know that there is unemployment? Do they not know that the American Budget showed a large deficit? Do they not know that America has an enormous balance of payments deficit, that consumption has dropped there, that there is a declining growth rate, and that the American Government is now stimulating the economy because it is displaying a downward trend? Do they not know that the balance of payments deficit of America in 1970 was 10,7 billion dollars, and that it was 4 billion dollars in the first quarter of this year? Do they not know that America can simply build up balance of payments deficits, while we in South Africa may not do so?

I want to conclude by making the following observation: I do not want to say that the world economy and the finances of the world are in a critical situation today, but the fact remains that America is today building up an enormous foreign balance of payments deficit as a result of its economic position, and is pumping tens of billions of dollars into the European market. This is one of the main causes of the present world inflation. I am afraid the day may come when the European states will no longer want to receive or to hold those dollars. Then we shall see a first-class crisis in world finance. I am sorry that hon. members opposite have so little insight that they expect to be able to take over the economic policies of Britain and the United States for South Africa when they come into power. Now we know where we stand with those hon. members. Now we know what to expect from them if they should come into power. Now we know what their economic criteria are. The economy of South Africa, which particularly in the last decade has become one of the soundest economies in the entire world, is rejected by them. It is not good enough for the United Party. The economy of Britain and the economy of the United States, which are regarded as two of the most vulnerable economies in the entire world, are now the ideal of the United Party. I can only say: If these are the economies they want, the people will say of them: “You are the party we do not want.”

Question put: That all the words after “That” stand part of the motion.

Upon which the House divided:

Ayes—98: Aucamp, P. L. S.; Bodenstein, P.; Botha, G. F.; Botha, H. J.; Botha, L. J.; Botha, P. W.; Botha, R. F.; Botha, S. P.; Botma, M. C; Brandt, J. W.; Coetsee, H. J.; Coetzee, B.; Coetzee, S. F.; De Jager, P. R.; De Wet, C.; Diederichs, N.; Du Plessis, A. H.; Du Plessis, G. F. C.; Du Plessis, G. C.; Du Plessis, P. T. C.; Du Toit, J. P.; Engelbrecht, J. J.; Erasmus, A. S. D.; Gerdener, T. J. A.; Greyling, J. C.; Grobler, M. S. F.; Grobler, W. S. J.; Hayward, S. A. S.; Henning, J. M.; Heunis, J. C.; Hoon, J. H.; Horn, J. W. L.; Jurgens, J. C.; Keyter, H. C. A.; Koornhof, P. G. J.; Kotzé, S. F.; Kotzé, W. D.; Kruger, J. T.; Langley, T.; Le Grange, L.; Le Roux, F. J.; Le Roux, J. P. C.; Loots, J. J.; Malan, G. F.; Malan, J. J.; Malan, W. C.; Marais, P. S.; Maree, G. de K.; Martins, H. E.; McLachlan, R.; Meyer, P. H.; Morrison, G. de V.; Mulder, C. P.; Muller, H.; Muller, S. L.; Nel, D. J. L.; Nel, J. A. F.; Palm, P. D.; Pelser. P. C.; Pienaar, L. A.; Potgieter, S. P.; Rail, J. J.; Rail, J. W.; Rail, M. J.; Raubenheimer, A. J.; Reinecke, C. J.; Rossouw, W. J. C.; Schlebusch, A. L.; Schlebusch, J. A.; Schoeman, B. J.; Schoeman, H.; Schoeman, J. C. B.; Smit, H. H.; Swanepoel, J. W. F.; Swiegers, J. G.; Treurnicht, N. F.; Van der Merwe, C. V.; Van der Merwe, H. D. K.; Van der Merwe, P. S.; Van der Merwe, S. W.; Van der Merwe, W. L.; Van der Spuy, S. J. H.; Van der Walt, H. J. D.; Van Staden, J. W.; Van Vuuren, P. Z. J.; Van Wyk, A. C.; Van Zyl, J. J. B.; Viljoen, M.; Viljoen, P. J. van B.; Visse, J. H.; Vorster, B. J.; Vorster, L. P. J.; Waring, F. W.; Wentzel, J. J. G.

Tellers: G. P. C. Bezuidenhout, J. E. Potgieter, P. C. Roux and W. L. D. M. Venter.

Noes—42: Bands, G. J.; Basson, J. A. L.; Basson, J. D. du P.; Baxter, D. D.; Cillie, H. van Z.; Deacon, W. H. D.; De Villiers, I. F. A.; Emdin, S.; Fisher, E. L.; Fourie, A.; Graaff, De V.; Hickman, T.; Hopewell, A.; Hourquebie, R. G. L.; Hughes, T. G.; Jacobs, G. F.; Kingwill, W. G.; Malan, E. G.; Marais, D. J.; Miller, H.; Mitchell, M. L.; Moolman, J. H.; Murray, L. G.; Oldfield, G. N.; Oliver, G. D. G.; Pyper, P. A.; Raw, W. V.; Streicher, D. M.; Sutton, W. M.; Suzman, H.; Taylor, C. D.; Timoney, H. M.; Van den Heever, S. A.; Van Eck, H. J.; Van Hoogstraten, H. A.; Von Keyserlingk, C. C.; Wainwright, C. J. S.; Wiley, J. W. E.; Winchester, L. E. D.; Wood, L. F.

Tellers: R. M. Cadman and J. O. N. Thompson.

Question affirmed and amendment dropped.

Motion accordingly agreed to and Bill read a Second Time.

(Committee Stage)

Schedules I to 4:

Revenue Vote No. 3.—“House of Assembly”, R1 550 000:

*Mr. H. H. SMIT:

Mr. Chairman, I understand that the Speaker of the House of Assembly quite recently agreed to a change in the designation of the service staff here. Up to now they have been designated as messengers of the House of Assembly. Hon. members will undoubtedly agree with me that the full-time staff, who render excellent services in this House are in fact not messengers. They are people who perform highly responsible services here. They are people who are comparable to the staff of other Parliaments in the Western world, people who render us a most important service. I understand that the junior staff members will in future be known as service officers. The more senior members will be called senior service officers, and then there will be the chief service officer. The Afrikaans designations for these will be “hoofdiensbeampte” in the case of the chief service officer, “adjunk-hoofdiensbeampte” in the case of the deputy chief service officer, and then there will be the “diensbeamptes”.

Mr. Chairman, I just want to avail myself of this opportunity to signify my agreement with this decision. I want to express my confidence that this decision will be seen as a token of appreciation on the part of the House of Assembly for the services rendered to us by these full-time staff members.

Vote put and agreed to.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

FOREST AMENDMENT BILL

Report stage taken without debate.

Bill read a Third Time.

SALE OF LAND ON INSTALMENTS BILL

Report Stage taken without debate.

Third Reading

The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

Mr. Speaker, I move—

That the Bill be now read a Third Time.
Mr. R. G. L. HOURQUEBIE:

Mr. Speaker, this is new legislation which is intended for the protection of purchasers of land which is sold on instalments. The legislation is introduced not only for their protection, but also for their benefit. We therefore support this legislation, but at this stage I wish to place on record that we are disappointed that the hon. the Minister has not seen fit to accept our amendment whereby we wanted to bring within the provisions of this Bill the State departments and the various provincial administrations which are being excluded in terms of clause 2 (b). This matter was argued in the Committee Stage and I do not wish to go into this any further, except to say that we are disappointed that he is persisting in this attitude, because we believe that in addition to measures for their protection against prejudice, the Bill does contain many new previsions which create new rights and benefits for purchasers of land on instalments. They do not have these rights and benefits at present and we believe that purchasers of land on instalment from State departments should enjoy these rights and benefits in the same way as purchasers from private sellers.

I would also like to draw the hon. the Minister’s attention to the various sub-sections of clause 11. This is the cession clause, and here again I do not wish to go into the details because they were discussed in the Committee Stage. However, we do think that this is a complicated clause; it is a new clause. We do think that it is a clause which should be watched carefully so far as its practical operation is concerned. I would like to urge the hon. the Minister to do this and to be prepared to introduce amendments if necessary. Because of its complications this clause could give rise to considerable litigation and it is unfair to purchasers to have to create new law through litigation. Certain problems may arise in practice and therefore it would be better for the Minister to make a careful note of this and to be prepared to introduce amendments speedily if any problems were to arise, rather than to leave it to purchasers to create expensive new law through litigation.

*The MINISTER OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS:

The hon. member for Musgrave began by saying that he was disappointed in me because I had not accepted his amendment to clause 2. My philosophy in connection with national affairs and administrative matters and that of the hon. member are so divergent that I should feel uneasy if he were to tell me that he was satisfied with me. Consequently I am quite convinced that the attitude I adopted was the right one.

I want to ask that I now be granted the opportunity just to say a few words in connection with the procedure followed with this legislation. As I said in the Second Reading debate, this is a matter that was advertised. It aroused widespread interest. An interdepartmental committee was also appointed to investigate the whole matter. Representations and memoranda were submitted by a wide range of interests and persons. After all the representations had been dealt with, the Bill was drafted. Although a need had arisen for legislation of this nature, it goes without saying that there were divergent interests as well. There were the interests of the people who purchase and whom we would like to protect, and then there were also the interests of developers, the people who sell. Under the circumstances it goes without saying that there were conflicting interests and opinions in the negotiations. After all this we produced this Bill, which is really a compromise among the various attitudes which were adopted. I made it very clear here that I do not regard this legislation as containing any political implications at all. In fact, I addressed an invitation to hon. members to express their opinions freely on any clause. I expressly asked the hon. the Leader of the House to allow us some time before the Committee Stage in order to negotiate about this matter. Several hon. members made representations for the appointment of a Select Committee. Personally I had very grave misgivings about this, because if such a committee had been appointed, we might never have been able to place this legislation on the Statute Book, as it might have been postponed for heaven knows how long. As a result of the time we had at our disposal there was a free and informal discussion between members of my Department of Commerce, under which this legislation falls, and hon. members on both sides of the House. It is because of this that I should like to show the hon. member for Musgrave that our sole object with this legislation, after the free discussion of this matter between me and my department and hon. members, is to place something on the Statute Book which will protect the purchaser in general and which will, at the same time, be fair to all the parties affected by it. At the conclusion of this debate I should like to avail myself of the opportunity to thank hon. members on both sides of the House for their positive co-operation in placing on the Statute Book something about which we agree to such a large extent as we do about the legislation as it is before the House at present. Furthermore, I should like to give the hon. member for Musgrave the assurance that the particular clause to which he referred, i.e. clause 11, as regards the one point concerning the interest which a cessionary can refuse to pay to the cedent in cases where the transfer duty receipt is not handed over, as well as other points, will again be carefully examined by my department and myself. If it becomes necessary and if there are ambiguities we shall try to rectify them in the Other Place. I honestly believe that, except for the complaint which the hon. member for Musgrave still has in connection with State departments, we are basically in agreement concerning this legislation, and that we have achieved something positive in this connection.

Motion put and agreed to.

Bill read a Third Time.

NATIONAL ROADS BILL (Second Reading resumed) *The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Mr. Speaker, this Bill arises mainly out of the Cabinet decision on the recommendations as contained in the White Papers on the reports of the Borckenhagen, Schumann and Marais Commissions of Inquiry, and provision is consequently being made in it for the construction and control of national roads by the National Transport Commission and for other essential matters. Briefly, the object is to invest the Commission with the necessary powers so that, as an autonomous, central road authority, it may be enabled to devise, develop, maintain and protect the Republic’s national freeway system so that national freeways may continue to be permanent assets to the country. The Provincial Administrations were consulted throughout the process and are conversant with the Cabinet’s attitude in regard to the matter. On several occasions detailed discussions were held with the various executive committees and the roads departments of the provinces in order to iron out matters and so that the take-over of national roads by the proposed central road authority could take place as smoothly as possible.

On this occasion I should like to state frankly that the spirit of mutual cooperation prevailed throughout the discussions and that the interests of the country were always put first. The provinces definitely deserve the highest praise and appreciation for this, as well as for their undertakings to co-operate closely in future with the new central road authority. One trusts that these few facts will squash once and for all the distasteful statements and unjustified criticism and accusations of which certain uninformed and irresponsible persons delivered themselves on other occasions and laid at the door of the provinces. I must point out that I personally, together with the officials of our department, negotiated in a very friendly manner with all the provinces. In addition I want to point out that during the preparation of these White Papers, to which I have referred, drafts were circulated to the provinces as well as to the Association of Local Authorities. Then I want to put the question—I shall deal with it later on—of whether we can in fact circulate such information to organizations if it is going to be used before the White Papers are tabled here. Later on, if further questions are asked, I shall provide proof that White Papers in draft form which had been circulated in a confidential capacity, were used wrongly in public.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

Can you prove that?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

I can prove it. I have the evidence here.

Now I want to deal very briefly with the other legal aspects which had to be taken into account when a start was made with the preparation of this Bill. Section 84 (1) (h) of the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act provides that subject to the provisions of this Act, the Financial Relations Consolidation and Amendment Act and the assent of the State President, a provincial council may make ordinances in relation to roads, outspans, points and bridges, other than bridges connecting two provinces. Section 85 of the Constitution provides that any ordinance made by a provincial council shall have effect in and for the province as long and as far only as it is not repugnant to any Act of Parliament.

Paragraph 10 of Part B of the First Schedule to the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963, (Act No. 48 of 1963), which is referred to in section 37 (1) (a) of Act No. 48 of 1963, read in conjunction with section 39 (f) of that Act, provides that the Transkeian Legislative Assembly shall have no power to make laws, inter alia, in regard to roads which have been declared to be national roads, in the cases referred to in section 37 (1) (a) of Act No. 48 of 1963, and national roads in general in the cases referred to in section 39 (f) of Act No. 48 of 1963.

Section 17 of the National Roads Act, 1935, (Act No. 42 of 1935), provides that no provision of Act No. 42 of 1935 shall be construed as empowering the National Transport Commission save as provided in section 10 quat, to construct, reconstruct, repair or maintain any road. Section 10 quat of Act No. 42 of 1935 provides inter alia, that the commission itself may construct, reconstruct, repair or maintain or cause such work to be done, at the cost of the National Road Fund, in respect of any bridge connecting two provinces which is situated on a declared national road.

The proposed statutory provisions and their joint practical effect may consequently be summarized as follows—

  1. (a) The Constitution confers only permissive powers on a provincial council in order to make ordinances in respect of roads within the jurisdiction of that province. In other words, such a council is not compelled to make such ordinances.
  2. (b) The legislative power of Parliament is, therefore, not being curtailed at all under section 84 (1) (8) of the Constitution, and consequently Parliament has the power to make laws in respect of roads and related matters.
  3. (c) The Transkei Constitution Act withholds from the Transkeian Legislative Assembly the power of making laws on national roads. Consequently the legislative power of Parliament in regard to national roads is therefore not being curtailed either under the provisions of the Transkei Constitution Act, and therefore Parliament has the power to make laws on national roads in the Transkei. Indeed, section I of the Transkei Constitution Act provides that the Transkei is a self-governing territory within the Republic South Africa.
  4. (d) Only the existing National Roads Act prohibits the Commission from constructing and maintaining roads, but invests it at the same time with jurisdiction to construct and maintain inter-provincial bridges itself, or to cause it to be done.

From the foregoing it follows logically that Parliament would remain within the scope of either the Republic of South Africa Constitution Act or the Transkeian Constitution Act if it established a central road organization for national roads outside provincial or Transkeian context by means of suitable legislation having force of law in all four provinces and in the Transkei.

As I have briefly indicated before, the National Roads Bill, 1971, is aimed at extending the powers, duties and functions of the commission in regard to roads to such an extent that, as a fully-fledged central-road authority, it will have the necessary jurisdiction to establish, develop and maintain a national freeways system for the Republic.

Of necessity adequate provision had to be made as regards the commission’s commitments in respect of the completion of current work, as well as the completion of specific sections of old national roads, special roads, urban roads and roads which are financed by the Treasury but do not and will not form an integral part of the national freeways system.

In the preparation of the Bill, certain existing statutory principles necessarily had to be taken into account, and consequently the Bill derives its provisions from the principles contained in—

  1. (a) the National Roads Act, 1935 (Act 42 of 1935);
  2. (b) the Transport (Co-ordination) Act, 1948 (Act 44 of 1948), as far as road matters are concerned;
  3. (c) the Advertising on Roads and Ribbon Development Act, 1940 (Act 21 of 1940);
  4. (d) the relevant provisions of the Expropriation Act, 1965 (Act 55 of 1965), and the Railway Expropriation Act, 1955 (Act 37 of 1955);
  5. (e) several principles contained in the Road Ordinances of certain provinces; and
  6. (f) other essential principles and instruments so that the commission may be properly equipped to carry out its powers, duties and functions as an independent and autonomous road authority with the greatest measure of efficiency.

Only certain provisions and principles could be taken from Act No. 42 of 1935, because it never contained the powers, duties and functions of a road authority. After all, an amendment to the existing National Roads Act will amount to new legislation. For that reason the said Act is being repealed in terms of this Bill.

From the Advertising on Roads and Ribbon Development Act only the essential principles were taken and adapted and improved in order to protect the national freeways system. It is suitably amended in the Schedule by the deletion in it of all matters relating to national roads, so that the Administrators concerned, as the controlling authority, may, in regard to roads under their control, go on implementing it without any interference, as is the case at present.

The functions of the commission in respect of roads are being removed from the Transport (Co-ordination) Act and included in this Bill.

Furthermore, it is envisaged to consolidate, and it is essential to do so, all the relevant provisions in this Bill so that only one statutory instrument is created for the purpose of making provision for the construction and maintenance of national roads and for the National Transport Commission as the central road authority.

Hon. members have an explanatory memorandum on the Bill before them, and in order to save time, I am not going to deal seprately with the provisions of each clause. However, where hon. members desire more information on a particular clause, I shall of course furnish it gladly.

At this stage I just want to mention that I shall move a few minor amendments at the Committee Stage.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Speaker, the most remarkable thing which the hon. the Deputy Minister disclosed in his Second Reading introductory speech is that the White Paper, before it was laid on the Table of this House, had apparently been circulated confidentially to certain persons. If I may say so, Sir, this is a most unusual procedure. Surely, it is either to be circulated or not to be circulated at all and, surely, the White Paper should first be laid upon the Table of this House. Will the hon. gentleman tell us, when he replies to this debate, to whom he circulated it privately and confidentially and why, and how he justifies this, when he lays the report itself upon the Table of this House together with the White Paper, but before he laid it upon the Table of this House he has confidentially circulated it to other people? If he had confidentially circulated some thoughts or some proposals or suggestions in order to get the views of certain people, such as the local authorities which he mentioned amongst others, then one could understand it, but to circulate the White Paper itself, containing the decision…

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It was in draft form.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Was it any different from the White Paper which has been laid on the Table of this House? That is what we would like to know. I did not hear the hon. gentleman talk about a “konsepwitskrif”; he talked about “die Witskrif” and he said it had been confidentially circulated and that the confidence had in fact been leaked out; he was very cross about it and he offered to tell us about it if we had anything to say about it. That is what I understood him to say.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

That is what he said.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is what he did say. Perhaps he will explain why he has been so contemptuous of this House—and the hon. gentleman is.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I will.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Does he admit that he has been contemptuous of this House?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Carry on.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir, if ever one heard a lame excuse from a Minister speaking in this Parliament, the sovereign Parliament of the Republic of South Africa, it is his excuse that the Bill, after all, is not against the Constitution. Of course, it is not against the Constitution. There is no subject upon which this Parliament may not legislate—none whatsoever. The fact is that section 85 of the Constitution gives the provinces the power to legislate upon certain matters, gives them an original jurisdiction. But there is nothing therein contained which prevents this Parliament from legislating upon the same thing or from legislating the provincial councils out of existence. I must say that this is not legislating the provincial councils out of existence, but it is part of the pattern of the emasculation of the power of the provincial councils. The other lame excuse that the hon. the Deputy Minister made for the introduction of this Bill was something about the Transkei being what he described as a self-governing territory within the borders of the Republic. Now, is he suggesting that the reason for the powers being adopted in this Bill is that the Transkei is quite unable to make roads of the standard required by the National Roads Board? Is that what he is trying to say? I do not know why he mentioned it unless he was saying that the power is being given to the Commission to build roads, which they never had before, because in the Transkei there are neither the engineers nor the skilled manpower, nor the wherewithal to make them. If that is so, then he should confine the power to such so-called self-governing territories within the Republic.

Now, this flows, as the hon. the Deputy Minister has said, from the Borckenhagen and Schumann Commissions. One of the things that also struck me about the hon. the Deputy Minister’s speech was that he did not deal at all with the provisions of the Bill. He did not motivate what is in the Bill. He did not indicate that some of it is the same as in the old Act which is being repealed here, and that some things have been changed. All he said was that we have had a White Paper. I must say that it is one of the features of the Department of Transport that they do issue White Papers and it is a practice much to be commended, but if I may say so, this is not a very helpful White Paper. It states the obvious. If anyone can read and reads the clauses of the Bill, he will get no help from the White Paper. For example, in clause 5 (3) it says the provision obliges the Commission to cause record to be held of the proceedings at each meeting. Apart from the fact that it is not English, it is self-evident. If you read that subsection, then you will see that that is what it says, although one may record it somewhat differently oneself if one were writing it in English. It says that under subsection (1) of clause 6 provision is made for the written delegation of powers of the commission to a member or officer of the commission. Really, Sir, if one can read one does not need to have this sort of explanation.

Mr. E. G. MALAN:

It was drawn up for the Minister, of course.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

The difficulty is that even the Minister felt it was unnecessary to read it out. Surely when we have a White Paper, we must have some sort of motivation in it; it is an explanatory memorandum. It should explain why the Bill is before us at all. It should surely indicate that this is as a result of the Government decisions on the Borckenhagen and Schumann reports. It should indicate which clauses of the Bill are from existing legislation or vary from that legislation, what the difference is, and why, etc. However, be that as it may. So much for the Deputy Minister’s introduction of the Bill and his explanation. If it is in the White Paper, then thank you very much, but we have read the Bill and it does not help us at all.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

If that is so, why do you thank me for the White Paper?

Mr. H. MILLER:

To be courteous.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Then I accept your courtesy.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Sir, it must be fairly obvious that we are opposed to this Bill. As I have said, it is further evidence of the Government’s determination to remove from the provinces every whit of power they have and to concentrate it in the hands of the Central Government. Up to this stage the provinces have had the right to build National roads.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

They still have the right.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

No, Sir, I shall indicate that this is just what this Bill does. They have the right to do so if the Commission decides to give it to them, and they have only such rights, as I shall indicate, as the Commission decides to give them. Once this Bill becomes law they will no longer have the right to do so unless the Commission gives them permission. The hon. the Deputy Minister surely knows better than to say that. In 1935, when the National Roads Act was passed, it was provided that there should be a Central Commission which would plan the national roads, which one might describe as the highways between the provinces and between the bigger cities. It was also decided that there should be a central commission which would plan those roads and which would decide upon where they would go, to what specifications they should be built, and so on. It was, however, for the provinces to build them. In the Act it was specifically provided that the provinces should have the right to build those roads, as was their right in terms of the Constitution in any event. That right could have been taken away by an Act of this Parliament, but it was not. It was also decided that the moneys collected in respect of that fund should be divided amongst the provinces according to certain percentages. It was decided that a certain percentage of the moneys in the fund would go to each province according to a figure which was put in the Act. That provision has also gone, and there is no guarantee whatsoever that one province will get one cent from this Commission in respect of national roads. It now depends entirely upon the decision of the Commission.

Let us have a look at the report of the Schumann Commission. What happened, Sir? Evidence was given by all the provinces. In paragraph 686, under the heading “summary of Proposals to Eliminate Overlapping”, we find the following report on the evidence given in this regard—

The proposals to eliminate overlapping can be summarized very briefly. Three of the Provincial Administrations consider that the National Roads Division of the Department of Transport should relax its inspection requirements and leave more work to the initiative of the engineering divisions of the Provincial Roads Department. One Province, the Orange Free State, considers that the whole central organization in respect of national roads should be abolished and a Central Board substituted to co-ordinate inter-Provincial roads, the revenue of the National Road Fund being divided amongst the Provinces.

Then, Sir, we have the evidence from the other side, the Central Government side. Paragraph 687 summarizes this evidence and states—

The National Transport Commission considers that such overlapping as occurs is inevitable and not undesirable, but officials of the National Roads Division of the Department of Transport, notably the Chief Engineer, admit that overlapping and “eternal time and money wasting disputes” are occurring and that this type of thing can only be obviated by excluding the Provincial Administrations entirely from any part in national road construction and maintenance which should be taken over by the Central Government.

That is the view of the body and the officials who are now going to be empowered to undertake the construction of national roads in future. Then, if one looks at page 101, Paragraph 712 of the Schumann Report, one finds under chapter XXII, “Findings and recommendations of your Commission” on the “Overlapping of functions and better co-ordination of road construction and maintenance” the following:

It therefore considers that the principles upon which the National Roads Act of 1935 was founded are fundamentally sound …

Let me say, in parenthesis, that the principles were that the planning should be done by the commission and that the building should be done by the provinces. To continue:

… namely that it is the function of the Provincial Administrations and the Local Authorities within their boundaries, to build and maintain all the roads in the Republic; and it should be the function of the Central Organization in conjunction with the Provincial Administrations to plan the national arterial highway network and, through the National Road Fund, to assist …

I stress the word “assist”, Mr. Speaker.

… the Provinces with the building and maintenance of such of their roads ...

which they themselves have put in italics—

… as the Minister may declare to be national roads, special roads or declared provincial roads, on such conditions as are necessary to ensure that the money is properly and effectively spent.

This is still the Schumann Commission report. Then if one looks at page 102, paragraph 715, it says:

To sum up: Your Commission finds that the organization for the building and co-ordination of the Republic’s roads on the national and provincial levels, as accepted by Parliament and given effect to by legislation, is fundamentally sound but that, nevertheless, friction has arisen which is resulting in a serious waste of money and of professional and technical manpower. It is, therefore, quite clear that the problem is mainly one of management and personal relationships. Its solution involves questions such as delegation of authority and inspection of work at high professional levels, the extent to which such inspection is justified, having due regard to the importance of the work and the status of the authorities and official concerned, etc. Your Commission is not in a position to deal with a problem of this nature and accordingly recommends, as a matter of urgency …

When was this report dated, Sir? So long ago!—

… that the Government should appoint an entirely independent committee of experts in engineering and management to examine the existing system of control and administration of works financed in full or in part by the National Roads Fund, such committee to be empowered to employ management consultants to advise it, if it considers this desirable.

That was recommended as a matter of urgency. Perhaps the hon. the Deputy Minister, when he replies, will indicate to us what has been done about it.

Mr. G. P. C. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Do you want another commission?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

This is the Schumann Commission. We are concerned here now with the building of national roads.

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

He has never heard of it.

Mr. A. HOPEWELL:

He has heard of Witbank.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes. “My heart is in Witbank, my heart is not here. My heart is in Witbank a-chasing the ‘kiesers’,” to parody Burns. Let us return to the Schumann Report. Then one finds on the same page, paragraph 717, the following recommendation. I will not read it all. I shall just read paragraph (3) (b), which says:

The National Council for Roads shall be given no powers to itself to construct or maintain any road, to own or maintain any road plant or to enter into any contract in connection with road construction or maintenance or the purchase of plant; …

That is the recommendation. It is not recommended that the position should remain, but, specifically, that the National Council for Roads shall not be given the power to construct or maintain roads, or to own or maintain any road plant, or to enter into any contract. It is specifically recommended that they shall not do so and that the status quo shall remain. They find it to be fundamentally sound that the provinces should do the road building. But, no, this is not good enough for the Government. As far as the Government is concerned, this Bill is now introduced. But to give the Government credit, they did produce a White Paper in which the reasons were set out why they were not prepared to accept this part of the Schumann Commission’s proposals. If one looks at the reasons as set out in the White Paper, one finds on page 13, in paragraph 24, the following on the recommendations of the Schumann Commission:

In the light of the circumstances set out in the foregoing paragraphs …

Which are on page 13 and which we will examine—

… it will not be possible to accept the commission’s recommendation in the form in which it has been formulated.

It reads further:

The remaining recommendations of the Schumann Commission regarding roads are, or have already largely been accepted in fact, or by implication, by the Government, as appears from the following.

Then those parts of the recommendation which are accepted, are set out. But the Schumann Commission’s recommendations do not stand separately, they stand together. The basis of this recommendation of the Schumann Commission was that the National Transport Commission should not have the power to build roads, but that the provinces should retain the power to build roads and that they should be the only agencies for the building of roads.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Do you know of the Marais Commission?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, one only has to read the report to see what the Marais Commission reported. I am talking about what the Schumann Commission reported on what it was charged to do. That was their recommendation. Typically, the Government picks out the one recommendation which it likes, or several that it likes and rejects the others. But I say they all stand together.

But let us see what reasons are given and why it is that the power to build roads should be taken over from the provinces. The first reason is that “such a central organization would be able to introduce uniformity into the expropriation of ground for national road purposes. At the moment, expropriation is handled by the provinces, each according to his own ordinances and procedures. The current lack of uniformity gives rise to much discontent”. Quite right, it should be uniform. There are some provisions in some provinces which cause an unfair application of the law, as opposed to the expropriation as carried out in the other provinces. That is quite right, but we do not need to have a central national commission to take over the building of roads in order to provide uniformity as to the expropriation of ground. The manner in which you provide for the expropriation of ground is by legislation, in the manner in which we are dealing with it in this Bill. Ground cannot be expropriated unless there is lawful authority, to do so. That is the first reason that really does not mean anything at all. In fact, this reason is so stupid that it is provided in this Bill that the powers of expropriation may in fact be delegated to the provincial administrations. What does this reason mean? What does reason number (1) on page 13 of the White Paper mean when you can actually delegate die power of expropriation to the provinces? It has nothing to do with the uniformity. Uniformity can be provided for by legislation. Anyway, that is the first reason and I shall come back to expropriation.

The second reason given for the takeover of the building of roads by the National Commission is that “it will be possible to exercise direct and therefore more effective control over the expenditure of funds from the National Roads Fund. The Schumann Commission itself declares that ‘once the assistance was given, it appears to your Commission that it followed that the Central Government should have powers to ensure that the funds it provides should be properly spent’ This is also perfectly true, but it is no reason why they should take it further. If there is some difficulty about the supervision and if there is some difficulty about having some control to ensure the money is properly spent, surely this is a matter of negotiation and a matter of relationships between the one and the other. That is what the Schumann Commission is suggesting when it says in paragraph 715 that it wanted a commission to be appointed urgently to look into the whole question of this relationship. It should be a commission of experts in engineering and management who could get management consultants’ advice to look into this problem. You must inevitably get friction, as Prof. Schumann says there was friction between the Provincial Administrations and the National Commission, where there is an overlapping of functions. This happens when there are engineers on the one side who want to do this and engineers on, the spot who want to do something else. Obviously, where you have thinking people, you always have, or should have, a friction of ideas. That is a healthy thing. If the Schumann Commission’s recommendation had been accepted this thing could have been ironed out. It is a matter of co-operation and consultation between professional men who have been trained in road building engineering. That is no reason whatsoever for rejecting the main recommendation in this regard of the Schumann Report. The main recommendation is not that the provinces should continue to build roads, but that the National Commission should not be empowered to build roads.

Then they give a third reason, and this reason is somewhat related to the second reason. I quote from the White Paper, page 13—

(3) More direct supervision can be exercised by the authorities over national road works. It appears that the provincial administrations currently avail themselves of consulting engineers to carry out 80 to 90 per cent of the detail-planning of national road works, as well as to supervise the construction thereof.

When you employ a contractor to construct something, he constructs it surely according to certain specifications as agreed in the contract. It is his duty to supervise that, because in the end an inspection is carried out, and if it does not measure up to the conditions and the specifications, then he loses his contract. This is again a matter of supervision, a matter of co-operation between professional men at different levels. Then I quote the fourth reason that is given for the take-over or for giving the power of building roads to the commission:

(4) The central road building organization will in due course be organized on such a basis that relatively more construction can be undertaken directly by it than that now handled by the provincial authorities. At present the provincial administrations have to rely mainly on contractors for this important work.

I want to ask the hon. the Deputy Minister whether he seriously thinks that his department is going to be in a better position than the provincial administrations in respect of the skilled manpower like engineers, and everything that goes with it, to construct roads? I really cannot understand it. The only reason why many of these roads could have been built by provincial administrations is that they have put them out to private contractors.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

They cannot even locate the roads in the Transkei because they do not have the staff.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, there you have it. If the hon. the Deputy Minister really believes that this is a serious reason for doing this and if he really believes that he is going to do it without private contractors I would very much appreciate his telling us how he thinks he is going to do it. The simple fact of the matter is that he is not going to be able to do it.

The fifth reason given is that the “uniform technical requirements and standards can be effectively applied when the construction of national freeways is handled by one instead of four separate administrations”. Surely, this is also a lot of nonsense. Surely, it is the commission itself which lays down the standards, the specifications and the requirements? This is all part of the contract, of the handing over. The sixth reason is that “it will be possible to exercise better control over the nature and weight (axle load) of vehicles using national roads”. I think one must really be bankrupt for reasons if this is now offered as a reason. How on earth do you exercise better control over the nature and weight, the axle load of vehicles, using national roads except through a traffic police force? This is how you do it. How else can you do it except through a traffic police force? On the same page one finds the following: “It has already been agreed with the provinces that they will in future exercise the following functions on behalf of the central road building organization on an agency basis ...” The third one is “the exercising of traffic control on all national roads”. How bankrupt have they become looking for reasons! The only way you can enforce it is by traffic police and the traffic police will be in the employ of each of the provincial administrations.

But the real reason comes last. No 7 gives the reason why it must be taken over by the commission and why provinces shall not have the right to build such roads. It reads: “Protracted negotiations and differences of opinion with the provinces over the location of national roads, routes, etc., will be restricted to a minimum.” Is this not typical of this Government? Is this not typical of the arrogance that they cannot even brook discussion and differences of opinion? These are differences of opinion between professional people. Who knows best where to route a road? Engineers know best how to route a road. But who knows best? The engineer sitting in Pretoria employed by the commission or the engineer who has experience every day of his life of the terrain and the other difficulties and the other engineering aspects that have to be taken into account in that province and area where he works? But no, there will be “protracted negotiations and differences”. It would indeed be unheard of if there were not differences. But what is he afraid of? Surely the provincial authorities and provincial road departments and engineers know far more about the difficulties from their experience and contact with other local bodies than is ever going to be known in the lofty portals of the commission’s office in Pretoria. The hon. the Deputy Minister seems to agree.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

That will be the day.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Do you mean that the chaps in Pretoria know more than the local engineers?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Of course they know more.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

“Of course they know more”, says the hon. the Deputy Minister. There it is. Because there are protracted negotiations and differences of opinion with provinces over the location, they must take the power away from the provinces and give it to the National Commission. This, unfortunately, is the attitude, the attitude of arrogance. They will brook no differences, not even on a professional level. And yet, in clause 4 of this Bill it is envisaged that there shall be consultation with the provinces and with the Administrator before a national road is declared about where it is to be declared. What kind of consultation is this going to be? Consultation in law means merely that you approach someone. You say “look, I want to do this—what do you think?” It seems that if the province thinks something different, this Government is just going to say, “well, never mind about that—seeing that there is a difference of opinion I am just going to go on”, because the discussions might be protracted. No, Sir, it does not auger very well, as regards the application of this Bill, especially clause 4 as far as the consultation with the provinces is concerned, if reason No. 7 is the reason for taking the power away.

Much of this Bill is a rehash of the old Act, parts of the Advertising on Roads and Ribbon Development Act and the National Roads and Transport (Co-ordination) Amendment Act. Much of it is exactly the same. It is slightly differently worded, added to here and there and subtracted from here and there. What has happened now, is that the provinces no longer have the exclusive right to build a road. They now do it merely as the agents of the commission. They do it at the will of the commission. They will do it on the conditions laid down by the commission, which has to be done by agreement. The commission may delegate to the provinces. But it will do it on the conditions laid down by the commission, the Central Government. If there is any difficulty, there is now a whip. If there is any difference of opinion, what is going to happen? They are going to say “Right, take it or leave it”. So the province is going to be forced to take it, if it wants to build that national road. This is what is happening.

I said it is a very good thing that compensation should be uniform. There will be other contributions in this field during this debate. I want to say that during the Committee Stage we are going to deal with this question further. We are going to propose certain amendments in this regard. However, together with the arrogance I have mentioned, is clause 25 of this Bill. This clause provides for the limitation or prescription of action. Considering all the powers there are of expropriation and all the other things that can be done upon a person’s land in respect of his premises under the law, any action that one has in respect of such an act for compensation will, in terms of clause 25 of this Bill, be prescribed within 90 days—three months, Sir! You have to give notice within 30 days of the event. You have to wait another 30 days before you issue summons. And then, 90 days later—just less than three months— your right is prescribed in law. You may not then thereafter sue the commission for the damages you suffered as a result of the act which has caused you this damage on your property.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

What is wrong with that?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I will tell you what is wrong with it. The hon. the Deputy Minister should have done his homework. I will tell him what is wrong with that and I will put it in the form of a question: Why should the right to bring an action for compensation against a local authority or a provincial administration be two years and against the Road Transportation Commission 90 days? Why? What difference is there? They are both performing acts in respect of the public. They perform the same sort of acts as the local authorities and the same sort of acts as the provincial administrations. If damage is done by a provincial administration in respect of a road for provincial purposes, which the province has the right to construct, then your right is only prescribed after two years; in other words, you have two years within which to bring your action. But if it is this new commission, with its new power under this hon. Deputy Minister, then you have only 90 days. How does the hon. the Deputy Minister justify that? Let me help him with his homework, Sir. Let me tell him that a Bill was introduced last year—the Limitation of Legal Proceedings (Provincial and Local Authorities) Bill —which originally did provide precisely what is provided for here, namely that you had to give notice within 30 days, you had to wait 30 days before you issued summons and then your action was prescribed within 90 days. Sir, that Bill went to a Select Committee of this House and it emerged from the Select Committee with the unanimous recommendation that you only have to give your notice within 90 days, that you have to wait 90 days before you can issue summons and that the claim is prescribed only after 24 months or two years. That was the recommendation of the Select Committee of this House. It was unanimous and it was accepted by the hon. the Minister of Justice. That is the law today; it is now an Act of Parliament. There is no reason whatsoever why the period should not be exactly the same in respect of the National Transport Commission. We will move an amendment in the Committee Stage, of which we give notice now, that clause 25 be amended so that its provisions can coincide with the provisions in respect of local authorities and provincial administrations.

As I have indicated earlier, there is no guarantee whatsoever in this Bill that any province will get any sum as was guaranteed before in respect of national roads. There was such a guarantee, as the hon. the Deputy Minister knows. In 1935 a guarantee was written into the Act as to what percentage of the fund each of the provinces was to get. Now it is dependent entirely on the conditions laid down by and the views of the Central Government. Sir, what is so distressing about this Bill is that not only do they strip the provinces of their powers but they use the big stick to impose their will upon them Sir, there are many other points which will be dealt with by other hon. members. I think I have said enough to indicate why we on this side cannot possibly support this Bill. We will therefore oppose it and vote against it at this stage.

*Mr. S.F. KOTZÉ:

The hon. member for Durban North began by saying that the explanatory memorandum which the hon. the Deputy Minister tabled in connection with this legislation was not really very helpful. If one had read the Bill it was not necessary to have the memorandum. I listened very carefully to the hon. member’s speech and I want to tell him that he was not very helpful either. After he had spoken at great length about this explanatory memorandum, and had taken two drinks of water while he was doing so, he began firstly to quote copiously from the Schumann Commission’s report. When that story dried up he took the White Paper and quoted that, with interim comments about each statement, but he did not mention a single reason of his own as to why they are opposed to the Bill. Sir, if I or any other hon. member want to know what is contained in these documents, it is not necessary for him to read them out to us; we can do so ourselves. He was therefore not very helpful by not telling us specifically what the United Party’s objection to this Bill is. When the hon. member got to the end of that story he dealt with one clause that we could very easily and profitably have discussed in the Committee Stage. At the same time he implied that there was only one principle at stake. Provision must, in any case, be made for the general matters for which provision is being made in the Bill, whoever the authority may be who is going to deal with and control these affairs. The hon. member saw fit to speak about that. The hon. the Deputy Minister said that he was going to move certain amendments in respect of certain clauses. I do not know whether this is one of the clauses that is going to be amended, and I am therefore not going to react to that.

Sir, the real and only question involved here is that legal authorization is now being given beyond all doubt to the Central Government, to the National Transport Commission, so that they themselves may build roads; so that they may establish a fully-fledged road construction organization. As far as that is concerned, of course, the hon. member came along here with the old story, which has been done to death as far as this kind of legislation is concerned, that here we are supposedly again depriving the provinces of their powers; that we are stripping them of those powers.

*Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

That is correct.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

The hon. member simply repeats that parrot cry. It is the old, old story that we hear time and again when we are dealing with this kind of legislation. Sir, I just want to say this to the hon. member and to hon. members of the Opposition: This Parliament is the authority in the country which rules the country, and any powers that any other bodies have, whether it be the provinces or the local authorities, or whoever the case may be, they obtain from this Parliament. The fact that certain functions were entrusted to the provincial councils in 1910 does not mean that they have to perform those functions forever. It is not right and proper that a function which in 1910 was a provincial one should, of necessity, still be so today.

We know what happened as far as education is concerned. Education was one of the most important functions entrusted to the provinces in 1910 and yet this Parliament, in its wisdom, has thought it necessary from time to time to transfer certain sections of education to the Central Government. For example, it took away from them Coloured, Indian and Bantu education, which was a provincial function in 1910. The hon. member says that it is such a hallowed matter; that the Constitution of 1910 provided that the provinces should be the road construction authority, and here we come along again and strip the provinces of one of their powers. It is true that the provinces have, since 1910, been regarded as the road construction authority, but at a very early stage, as far back as the 1910’s the provinces realized that the task entrusted to them was too big for them to handle, and the hon. member ought to know that. The provinces soon realized that if they had to build roads with the finances at their disposal—and in 1910 no additional financial provision was made for this—no roads would be built. That is why the provinces so quickly experienced difficulties. As far back as 1915 a province such as the Cape, which has the largest surface area, experienced difficulties to such an extent that it appointed the Jagger Commission to investigate the problem, and subsequently commission upon commission followed in order to iron out these problems. But what I want to emphasize is that over the years more and more of the provinces’ responsibilities in respect of the building of roads has been transferred to the Central Government. The Central Government has increasingly carried the financial burden in this connection. The Central Government has also carried the heaviest burden.

The fact is that the burden of road building, apart from the physical process of building the roads, gradually shifted over to the Central Government. This is the pattern that developed over the years. The Borckenhagen Commission investigated this matter and found that over the years a radical change had occurred in respect of our entire transport pattern. You have their findings in their report. I shall quote to you the relevant paragraph from the report, i.e. that of the Borckenhagen Commission—

The advent of motor vehicles and the extremely rapid expansion in the use and speed thereof have resulted in the need for roads of greatly increased standards and cost. In the past 2 decades the most apparent need has been in connection with rural roads and consequently the greater emphasis has been placed thereon; the burden of the problem has, however, shifted to urban roads and particularly arterial roads in the large cities.

Without being an expert on transport matters, any person interested in this question can say today that we in South Africa, with its large surface area and wide expanses, have a very fine network of local roads. The second point we can make is that with the industrial development, the industrial explosion there has been in South Africa in recent decades, the volume of heavy traffic has increased to such an extent that our roads are no longer equal to the task for which they were initially built, particularly not our main arterial roads. In recent times a new problem has also cropped up, and that is the problem of increasing congestion, the traffic congestion in our large urban complexes. Because the Government, the Department of Transport, is aware of these new trends in the pattern of road traffic in South Africa, the Minister of Transport appointed the Marais Commission in 1965, to investigate the co-ordination of transport in South Africa; and the Marais Commission recommended that the National Road Fund should, in the future, chiefly aim at a national freeway system for the Republic, and that the control of the national freeway system in all its phases should rest with the central organization. In addition the commission recommended that certain existing national roads, which do not fit into the freeway system, should be transferred to the provinces. The Government accepted these recommendations forming the background of the legislation we are dealing with here today. And about this question of a separate road construction organization for the Central Government, the Chief Engineer of the Roads Division of the Department of Transport held very definite views. I should like to quote from the report of the Schumann Commission what he said in this connection. You will find it in paragraph 680. There the Chief Engineer of the National Roads Division of the Department of Transport states—

The present system of divided control, which appears to be time-wasting, inefficient and extravagant, ought to be scrapped and be substituted by a system of direct control by the Central Government. Once the principle is departed from that the body which has the greatest interest in a road ought to have the control of it, then at once overlapping, waste and maladministration arise … The obvious reason for the above deplorable state of affairs is that the Provincial Administrations have at their disposal neither the engineers nor the necessary road construction organizations and it is highly unlikely that they ever will.

Then he continues—

For me the position is crystal clear. If the Government wishes to get value for the money it spends on national roads, there is only one way out and that is a divorce between the road affairs of the Central Government and the Provinces. This will undoubtedly result in opposition and eternal time and money-wasting disputes making way for a new spirit of competition that can only be in the public interest.

I say that this evidence and the report of the Borckenhagen Commission form the background of the legislation we are dealing with today. With this legislation, with this newly to be established road construction organization, we shall be entering on a new dispensation. I grant as much, because there has been the general view that according to section 84 (1) of the Constitution only the provinces have the right to build roads in South Africa. This general view has been accepted up to now. The hon. member for Durban North still acts on the assumption that this is so. Legal opinion was obtained in this connection, indicating that the Central Government does have the legal right to build roads. But what is now contemplated in his legislation is to place it beyond all doubt that the Central Government will in the future have the right to build roads, and the National Roads Act will also have to be amended in this connection. In other words, in addition to the full financial responsibility which the Central Government has in the past accepted through the National Transport Commission in respect of the building of national roads, we now come along with this legislation and we give the control of the physical aspect of their construction to the body which has the full financial responsibility. You will find the reasons—and I am not going to go into them—in paragraph 23 of the White Paper, whose paragraphs the hon. member for Durban Point also quoted one by one. I just want to add that a brief review of the chief recommendations of the Schumann Commission in this connection is necessary.

There are actually three main recommendations. In the first place the Schumann Commission finds that there is unnecessary and undesirable overlapping in the implementation of functions. In the second place a need exists for better co-ordination in the planning of roads; and in the third place the commission has found that the principle according to which the Central Government supplies the funds and the provincial authorities build the roads, is a sound one. That is why the Schumann Commission also suggested that a body, i.e. the National Council for Roads, should be established with, as its chief function, the planning of a road network for the Republic, but this body which they have proposed, which must obtain statutory recognition, may not build the roads itself, may not own machinery and may not negotiate contracts. In other words, in this way they are trying to eliminate the friction that developed in the past by taking the powers away from this statutory body. But this is specifically the crux of the whole matter, this question of the supervision of the funds which one gives someone else to spend on one’s own behalf, the question of inspection. The commission accepts that there must be such inspection. In paragraph 711 of the commission’s report it is stated—

Once the assistance was given, it appears to your Commission that it followed that the Central Government should have powers to ensure that the funds it provides should be properly spent.

This is specifically where all the problems arise; all the discord and all the overlapping develops in respect of this question of inspection. Let me just quote to you briefly what the provinces have to say about this matter. The hon. member for Durban North says that it is a very healthy state of affairs that there should be a clash of ideas. Sir, the provinces do not say so. I should like to quote to you from paragraph 677 in order to indicate what the provinces had to say about this. This is what the Cape Province had to say—

Friction and delay are being caused because the National Transport Commission exercises too detailed a control and also does not seem willing to delegate authority to its responsible professional officials to settle engineering details with the provincial professional officers …

We must now remember that the provincial professional officers are not the officers of the provinces. These are consulting engineers which they hired for this work. This results in discord. I should like to quote further from paragraph 677 of the report to indicate what the Transvaal had to say. The paragraph reads, inter alia, as follows—

In its memorandum to your Commission, the Transvaal Administration describes the detail in which the officials of the National Transport Commission exercise supervision over the alignment of roads, the acceptance of tenders for road works and the purchase of road machinery and equipment, the preparation of plans and specifications, the use by the Province of road equipment purchased out of funds provided by the National Road Fund, the writing off of obsolete or worn out equipment, etc. All this work has in the first instance been done by the fully competent engineers of the Province’s Roads Department and its re-doing by the engineers of the Department of Transport requires the maintenance of voluminous records and causes delays and waste of time.
“This superfluous control … can have a crippling effect on the Provinces, to such an extent that initiative is smothered, which then undermines the original motive for co-operation.”

This is specifically the kind of thing the hon. member for Durban North recommends, because he thinks there will be a sound relationship between the provinces and the Central Government’s officers if there is this clash of ideas.

For anyone who doubts it, let me say that there has never been any misunderstanding about the fact that there would be such inspection. The provinces knew it from the start, because at the time, when he submitted the legislation to this House, the Minister said in his Second Reading speech that the National Road Board will have to convince itself of the fact that the work has been done properly before it pays the money out to the provinces. Apart from this evidence, which the Schumann Commission had at its disposal, the commission nevertheless decided in its wisdom that it wanted the present state of affairs to continue unchanged. Now that entire question is left hanging. What is the commission’s solution for this time-consuming overlapping, the trouble and the problems developing in respect of the alignment of roads, when agreement cannot be reached about the positioning of a road and what farmers, for example, must be compensated? It is not as easy as the hon. member for Durban North would have us believe. Endless friction and bitterness develop, and there are people who suffer losses as a result of these delays that take place. Roads are announced, and then it takes a quarter of a century before proper finality is reached about the alignment. What is the commission’s solution to this problem? It states in paragraph 715 that the problem exists, but that it has no control over it and no solution for it either. Paragraph 715 of the commission’s report reads, inter alia, as follows:

Your Commission finds that the organization for the building and co-ordination of the Republic’s roads on the national and provincial levels, as accepted by Parliament and given effect to by legislation, is fundamentally sound but that, nevertheless, friction has arisen which is resulting in a serious waste of money and of professional and technical manpower. It is, therefore, clear that the problem is mainly one of management and personal relationships.

What is its solution for this problem? It states—

Your Commission is not in the position to deal with a problem of this nature and accordingly recommends, as a matter of urgency, that the Government should appoint an entirely independent committee … for this purpose.

Another commission! This commission therefore states that specific problems do exist and that they do not have any plan of campaign, but they recommend that the Government appoints another commission to see whether it will arrive at some plan of action. That will not work. It has not worked in the past. In 1953 the Minister of Transport appointed such a departmental commission. That commission did, it is true, have slightly wider terms of reference, and had to investigate, inter alia, the spending of the funds from the Road Fund. The commission of 1953 had no success, although it was appointed for the same purposes as the committee now being suggested by this commission, and about which the hon. member for Durban North made such a fuss.

That is the gist of the whole matter, and the commission has no solution for it. I now just want to point out that the new road construction organization which is being established is not such a terrible innovation. It ought not to change the powers of the provinces radically. On the contrary, it is laid down in the Bill, and stated very clearly in the White Paper, that there will be the closest co-operation between the provinces and the Government, the Central Road Construction Organization, in this connection. What is more, I may tell hon. members that the provinces are not going to build fewer roads than in the past. They are going to build more, because they are going to have better financing than in the past. The maintenance, improvement and the reconstruction of national roads constitute one of the biggest tasks in present-day road construction. This very task is now being entrusted to the provinces by the system of the deproclamation of existing national roads. They are going to be paid for that by the State. This task of the maintenance, the improvement and the reconstruction of roads has, in the past, tied the commission’s hands to such an extent that they could not get down to their actual task. Now, according to the new system, this task is going to be entrusted to the provinces. The existing national roads, Which do not form a part of the new freeway system, will be deproclaimed. The provinces are not only going to build these roads, they are also going to maintain them. Thus the National Transport Commission will have its hands free to carry out its main purpose, i.e. the planning, the building and the control of a new national freeway system for the Republic.

An agreement has been reached, in addition, with the provinces to the effect that they will carry out certain road construction services for the National Transport Commission on an agency basis. This will only embrace the tasks they themselves can handle departmentally. If departmentally they themselves can build parts of national roads of the national freeway system in their area, they may do so. They will be financed for that by the National Transport Commission. But they will no longer be allowed to conclude contracts for the building of those roads. There must also be supervision so that friction and that sort of thing can be avoided. I consider it a good thing that clarity has now been reached and that we know who is responsible for the building of these roads and who is responsible for the building of those roads. When the hon. member for Durban North says that the provinces will no longer build roads in the future, he is surely speaking absolute nonsense! Who is going to build all the divisional roads hereabouts in the platteland? The provinces are going to build more roads than in the past. The only difference is that they are going to be financed on a better and more scientific basis than in the past. There is simply going to be less friction and a much quicker implementation of the road construction system than in the past. We are going to obtain many more and much better results in respect of national road building than in the past.

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. member for Parow who has just resumed his seat, I think, has done a disservice to himself and to his reputation in this House through the manner in which he snatched at certain quotations and attempted to leave impressions which are not borne out by the report itself.

I should like to start off by drawing the hon. member’s attention to the fact that he quoted paragraph 680 of the Schumann Commission’s report. He indicated that this was the finding of the Commission, whereas in fact, what he quoted were the views of the chief engineer of the National Roads Division, not even the views of the National Roads Department itself. If the hon. member had been frank with the House, he would have read paragraph 679 which is the actual recommendation of the Department of Transport itself. In order to get the record clear, I want to read this paragraph in contra-distinction to what the hon. member for Parow read, namely the views of one individual of that Department.

Mr. S. F. KOTZÉ:

I said it was the chief engineer’s evidence that I was reading.

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

The hon. member has had his turn to speak. He should listen to what I have to say.

If the hon. member had read this paragraph as well, there would have been no problem in finding out what really the recommendations were. Paragraph 679 reads as follows:

Your commission has noted with interest that it is stated in the memorandum of the Department of Transport that “each provincial administration has built up an adequate road construction organization that is capable of undertaking the most modern types of road work”. It is also interesting that the following definite recommendation is made:
“If the present provincial system remains in existence and the provincial administrations remain in charge of the construction and maintenance of roads within their respective legal boundaries, there should be no reallocation of functions. In other words, it is not recommended that the Department of Transport or the National Transport Commission should be empowered to construct or maintain national or special roads.”

That is the recommendation which the Department of Transport itself has made. I think the hon. the Minister, in his brevity in introducing this motion, also did not fulfil his duty to this House by saying where this thought came from. The only place I can find it in this report is in the view of the chief engineer of the Department of National Roads.

Let me go further. The hon. the Deputy Minister and the hon. member for Parow will have us believe that the provinces are quite happy with this set-up. I should like to read the summary of the proposals which is given in paragraph 686. This again is a paragraph which the hon. member overlooked. It reads as follows:

The proposals to eliminate overlapping can be summarized very briefly. Three of the provincial administrations consider that the national roads division of the Department of Transport should relax its inspection requirements and leave more work to the initiative of the engineering divisions of the Provincial Roads Department. One province, the Orange Free State, considers that the whole central organization in respect of national roads should be abolished and a central board substituted to co-ordinate inter-provincial roads, the revenue of the National Road Fund being divided amongst the provinces.

That is the summary in this report. Where do we get this nonsense that this is welcomed by any of the provincial councils?

One thing which the hon. member for Parow did mention and which, I think, is very vital to this discussion today, is the fact that there have been radical changes in the needs for roads, the type of roads the network of roads and the demand for road transport. One would have hoped that, the department having had the report of this commission in its hands for all these years and being aware of these radical changes and the pressure demands, I might say, for an improvement in our road network, we would have had a Bill before us today which would have indicated some modern thinking in dealing with the various problems that arise in regard to our road network. We on this side of the House have frequently referred to this matter …

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Do you want me to say in the Bill the type of road we want to build?

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

If the hon. the Minister will bear with me, I will point out when I come to the Bill itself, where he has not provided for such a network. We on this side of the House have frequently suggested new thinking in relation to transport services. In this House we had a private member’s motion which was moved by the hon. member for Durban Point in February, 1969. In that motion he asked that urgent attention should be given to the requirements of twentieth century cities in regard to cheaper and more efficient mass transportation needs and other related matters. This included the subsidization of urban authorities and financial assistance to provincial and local authorities. That was two years ago. These discussions have taken place, but we see no evidence of any dynamic planning, and certainly no framework for any dynamic planning in the Bill which is before us this evening. One is left with the question—and I believe it is a justifiable question—whether it is intended to maintain the provincial system. If it is, then many aspects of this legislation before us are quite unnecessary. The Minister and the Commission under this Bill, takes power to plan and control the construction of national roads and then the Minister adds the pious provision that he may delegate those powers to the provinces. If he is going to delegate them to the provinces, why does he not leave the original responsibility with the provinces? It can be for one reason only, and it is that this Government will not brook any measure of criticism of its ideas or of its dictates as to what is good for the whole of the country. The hon. the Minister cannot have it both ways. If it is right to be able to delegate all the construction work, the maintenance work and the management work of the national roads to the provinces, why should it be taken away first and then be re-delegated back to the provinces?

I am concerned with other aspects of this Bill. The White Paper which we have on this Bill has made it clear that the National Transport Commission is being re-constituted as it now exists. When I deal with the National Road Fund which is to operate and be available for the work of this Commission, I wonder whether there is a sufficiency of funds in this fund actually to meet the demands. I also wonder whether enough is being allocated for that particular fund. I would like to remind hon. members of the latest figures I have available, which were issued on the 28th February, 1969. According to these figures, the motoring public of South Africa contributed during the year 1967-’68 by way of customs and excise, duties and other taxation in respect of vehicles, motor parts, tyres, accessories, petrol, diesel and other fuel, a total of R144 971 437 to the national revenue fund. The hon. the Minister will remember that of that amount, only R44 106 000 was made available in 1967-’68 to the National Transport Commission, now the National Transport Fund. In other words, approximately 30 per cent only of the revenue derived directly from the motoring public was used for that purpose. Now, I put the question to the hon. the Deputy Minister whether he believes that this fund as constituted and with the contributions which are mentioned in this particular Bill, is going to be sufficient and strong enough to be able to fulfil its responsibilities, which are …

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Are you only referring to the National Road Fund?

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

Yes, I am referring to this amount of 8 cents.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

It has nothing to do with the provinces.

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

No, the National Road Fund. After all, the National Road Fund is now going to pay the province. The National Road Fund will pay for construction work in the provinces. The hon. the Deputy Minister and the hon. the Minister of Finance have then not said the same.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

The National Road Fund will only be used in the construction of national roads.

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

Even if that is so, I still want to ask the hon. the Deputy Minister whether this 30 per cent in respect of 1967-’68 is a sufficient contribution from the total revenue derived from motorists to that particular fund. The Schumann Commission’s report deals with this matter, and perhaps I can refer the hon. the Deputy Minister to it. On page 103 reference is made to the amount available for the National Road Fund. On that page there is a table which indicates the proportion of money received from Customs and Excise duty paid into the National Roads Fund. In 1950 the amount was 68,32 per cent of the total income from motorists which was put into the National Roads Fund. That percentage has gone down over the years until we find that in 1968 the figure is as low as 30 per cent; only 30 per cent of that income was made available to the National Roads Fund. The recommendations of the commission itself appear in paragraph 729. The following is stated:

After careful consideration your Commission finds it cannot make a definite recommendation in regard (a) to a possible increase in the Customs and Excise duties mentioned above, to bring them close to those ruling in several other countries, (b) the exact percentage which should be allocated to the National Roads Fund. It would, however, suggest that at least 60 per cent of the total income from the above Customs and Excise duty should be so allocated to the National Roads Fund.

I believe that if the hon. the Deputy Minister has in mind this Bill functioning and working, there will have to be a move in that direction, away from the limitation of the contributions to that National Fund. When one thinks of the fact that national roads will now be deproclaimed when new freeways are contemplated under this particular legislation and that the administrations will be left to maintain and to reconstruct these national roads, it is well that we should remind ourselves of the mileages which exist at present. Again these figures are not up to date. We find that in the Cape Province the figure is 4 369 miles of national roads, the Transvaal 1 384 miles, the Orange Free State 1 128 miles and in Natal 1 053 miles. To leave this mileage under this dispensation in the hands of the provinces to maintain and reconstruct, is a matter which has to be considered. I understand that the Cape itself, when we look at this figure of R44 million which is available from revenue in the National Road Fund, estimates that the maintenance will cost something to the tune of R3 million per annum and the reconstruction an amount of R8 million per annum. This does not include provincial roads. One must also have a look at the cost of constructing national roads. I understand that the cost does vary considerably in the different parts of the country. Whereas in the Cape Province the cost of a double-carriageway is approximately R400 000 per mile, the cost in Natal is as much as R1 million per mile and even above that in certain areas. I mention these figures because I do not think the hon. the Deputy Minister in coming forward with this Bill has really gone sufficiently into what is demanded in the year 1971, namely new thinking and new planning.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

You did not read the White Paper.

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

I have read the White Paper.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

I am talking about the White Paper issued by the hon. the Minister of Finance.

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

Yes, I have read it. I want to ask the hon. the Minister something. The first question with which I dealt here, is whether he is satisfied that the formula which is included in this Bill is going to provide sufficient funds for the National Road Fund.

This Bill is intended to eliminate certain problems. We understand from the Minister that, if necessary, we can eliminate problems which exist with regard to road building at the present time. I want to read to the hon. the Deputy Minister the provisions of clause 2 (4) (a):

The commission may further, at its discretion and subject to such conditions as it may deem fit, from the fund—

  1. (a) defray the cost, or part of the cost, incurred by an Administrator or local authority in connection with a road or other works which in the opinion of the commission have become necessary as a result of the construction of a national road;

This conflicts with what one finds in the explanatory memorandum; because the explanatory memorandum on page 2 reads:

Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) provide for the payment from the fund of other specific costs or amounts in respect of loss, damage or inconvenience in the discretion of the commission and on such conditions as it may determine.

Now I want to ask the hon. the Deputy Minister a question. What does he envisage, for instance, when a road reaches the boundary of a local authority? Let us take for convenience’s sake, the road to Cape Town. When the national road is constructed, at some stage or other it reaches the boundary of a local authority. Does the Government continue to accept any responsibility for the feeding out of that traffic into the city and the urban area from the time that the national road stops on the boundary of a city, or is that aspect not covered by this provision of the Bill? The word used in this clause to which I referred, is “discretion”. What is the policy which is intended? I think it may be necessary to amend this particular clause when we have had some information from the hon. the Deputy Minister as to the policy which he wishes to apply in regard to that particular aspect.

Clause 5 of the Bill before us contains some provisions as regards the powers of the commission. I want to deal for a moment with clause 5 (I) (c) which reads:

The commission shall have power— (c) to plan, design or construct any national road.

But if one goes further, one will find that, although that power is given to the commission in regard to national roads, clause 5 (1) (1), provides that the commission shall have power—

to do all such work in connection with roads in general or in connection with a particular road (whether a national road or not) as the Minister may approve or may direct the commission to do.

Now, Sir, what is intended? Is the commission to function purely in regard to the construction of national roads, or is it to be a super body, which can, with the authority of the Minister, deal with roads, right down to local authority roads, if the Minister so wishes. One finds with a provision of that sort that one has this conflict of thinking. It is no good the hon. member for Parow or anybody else saying that this commission is going to be concerned only with national roads, because the powers in this Bill are legion. They go far beyond the mere planning and construction of national roads. It is true that in terms of clause 6 the commission may delegate in writing to the Administrator of a province certain powers, if the commission itself does not wish to exercise those powers, but when those powers are delegated, they are delegated to the province not as a legislative body, in which capacity it can decide what is good and how certain things should be done according to the wishes of the province. This is in fact our main objection to this legislation, because these powers are delegated to the province concerned merely as a road construction unit.

The hon. the Deputy Minister referred to leakages which occurred regarding his White Paper, which apparently annoyed him. Sir, this plan of the Government to introduce this legislation is nothing new. It has been no secret. I have before me the South African Road Federation’s newsletter of February, 1969. I want to read what they said—

National control of freeways planned —Legislation is expected to go through Parliament this year to give the National Transport Commission or some similar body total control over the planning and construction of the country’s national freeway network. The plan is resented by the Provincial Administrations, who see it as unjustified diminution of their responsibilities. Towards the end of 1967 the former Deputy Minister of Transport, Mr. Van Rensburg, now Minister of Posts and Telegraphs, told a meeting of Provincial Administrators in Pretoria that the Government was unhappy about the existing national road system, whereby the provinces and the commission were jointly responsible for the planning and building of national roads. It is understood that the Minister of Transport, Mr. Schoeman, is anxious to get the legislation through Parliament this year … Two major reasons have been given by the authorities in Pretoria for the proposed change of control. They are that it will result in a speed-up in the construction of inter-urban freeways and in the saving of millions of rand.

The article then goes on to deal with the question of contemplated savings and the Federation in this bulletin expresses grave doubt as to whether there will be any saving.

Are we now to take the Minister seriously when he says he is going to establish a road construction unit on a national basis? If he is, then I must ask the hon. the Deputy Minister to be good enough to tell us where and how he is going to obtain the staff for such a unit. The latest report of the Provincial Roads Engineer of some two years ago, indicates that there were 87 vacancies amongst engineers and technicians.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Which provincial engineer?

Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

This is the Cape Provincial Engineer. The report states:

Two of the province’s nine construction units were disbanded in 1968. In the professional division the shortage of engineers made it extremely difficult for the Roads Department to fulfil all its functions, and in so far as the Survey Section is concerned the department’s survey activities have had to be curtailed.

Sir, that is the factual position and it has deteriorated between the end of 1968 and the present time. Now this Government wishes to create another road construction unit, with all the posts, as there must be, for highly technical personnel. Where are we going, Sir? One must surely realize that a highly trained roads engineer can more advantageously be used over a whole network, such as the provincial networks, than if he is involved here or there on what might be new planned national roads. I cannot believe that it is going to be possible to establish such an organization. The report of the Schumann Commission makes it quite clear what the attitude of the department is. Paragraph 679 the report of the Schumann Commission makes it quite clear that the Government’s own department of Transport says that the last thing that they must do is to create a road construction unit under the Central Government. I hope the hon. the Minister will be able to deal with these matters and at least give us some reply.

I want to conclude with one final point on the question of regulations. There is an extraordinary provision in clause 19 of this Bill, and I want to know whether the hon. the Deputy Minister is wedded to the wording which he has included here. In terms of clause 19—

(1) The State President may, on the recommendation of the commission, make regulations relating to traffic on a national road or the use or protection of a national road or the use or presence of vehicles and animals …

It goes on to say that it may contain any provision that may be contained in an ordinance of a provincial council with legislative power in regard to that matter. In other words, the commission, in terms of these regulations, is going to override the provincial authorities and can make regulations which will override the decisions and the legislation of a provincial council. That is the power which is given here, Sir. If the commission feels that the Provincial Council of one of the provinces has been unwise in passing certain laws or in adopting certain road traffic regulations, this commission can legislate over the authority of the Provincial Council. Sir, when one looks at this point together with the others which have been mentioned, one realizes that it is ridiculous to say that this Bill is not usurping the rights of the provincial councils and that it is not reducing the provincial councils to what I have referred to before in this House during this session, namely to mere factotums of the Central Government. It is for those reasons that we oppose this legislation this afternoon.

*Mr. J. W. RALL:

Sir, at the very end of the hon. member for Green Point’s argument he left off where the hon. member for Durban North had begun with his argument. Their objection to the Bill is apparently simply that a central organization is going to be built up. Sir, I want to refer to certain things that both those hon. members said that gave the impression that they have not kept pace at all with the previous developments that have led to this stage of legislation we now have before the House and that they are even less familiar with precisely what is envisaged here and what is proposed for the future.

The hon. member for Durban North was totally confused about a recommendation of the commission. Referring to the recommendation of the commission in paragraph 717 (3) (b), he completely confused the National Council for Roads, a new body proposed by the commission, with the National Transport Commission which is an existing body. In the White Paper the Government states very clearly that they do not accept that recommendation that a National Council for Roads, as the commission calls it, should be established. The hon. member for Durban North is completely confused when he sees those two as one and the same thing. His entire argument therefore lapses.

The hon. member for Green Point raised certain matters here that do deserve a reply. Firstly he referred to funds for the national roads and funds allocated in terms of this legislation. But if he were to look at the Act, he would see under clause 2 (1) (b) that funds allocated to the National Road Fund, can also from time to time be allocated by this Parliament to this organization. In other words, not only funds from the existing National Road Fund, but also funds which, from time to time, are made available by this Parliament to the National Road Fund are all available for this purpose. I think the hon. member failed to see that.

Sir, the hon. member for Green Point said that they were so looking forward to “new planning”. They hoped that something new, something big would develop here. But what does the House have before it today? Today it has before it a piece of legislation embodying all the possibilities of new development. The House specifically has before it a piece of legislation establishing a totally new concept. The House has before it a piece of legislation which is going to bring about the maximum co-ordination and streamlining in the building of roads. If there has ever been a new concept then it is specifically this one. I cannot understand the hon. member for Green Point’s objections in this connection. He says that they want a new dispensation; here they have it. I cannot see what his problem is. He made another fatal mistake by speaking of “a road construction unit”. He speaks about a construction unit that is now going to be established, but if the hon. member had only taken the basic trouble of determining the facts he would have found that it was in no way at all the intention of the Act or of the Department to establish a construction unit.

Sir, this is an enabling Act. If he had taken the basic trouble of just establishing the facts for himself, he would have seen that in complete accordance with the commission’s recommendation, no duplicating construction unit, as he calls it, is going to be established, but that here there is now a totally different approach to road building. I should like to reply to both hon. members from the Marais Commission’s report (R.P. 32-’69), which explains the background to this legislation very clearly, and which gave us a very clear formulation of the problem. I must unfortunately quote at some length from it, because they gathered extensive evidence about this fact. Sir, I refer to paragraph 449 of the Marais Commission’s report. There the chairman of the NTC gave evidence before the commission. He did so in some detail and I must unfortunately quote this at some length—

In evidence, the Chairman of the NTC made it clear that when the national Road Board was originally established, the provinces were perhaps in a position to construct the national roads to the standards applicable at the time, but that circumstances had since undergone a complete change.

And now we come to the most important aspect—

For example today 95 per cent or more of the work in the Transvaal is not being performed by the province.

Sir, what takes place in practice today as far as national road building is concerned? At present a national road is being built through my constituency, past Middelburg, and I therefore know what I am talking about in this connection. The National Transport Commission’s engineers are handling certain aspects of that, and then, in terms of the previous Act, this is transferred to the provinces. The provinces in turn call for tenders. They appoint consulting engineers and they call for tenders. Sir, I am now going to quote to you, from the commission’s report, the statement of the NTC which comments on this long-winded procedure in the clearest terms. Referring to the 95 per cent the commission states further—

The NTC had concluded that as far as national roads are concerned, only one system would be able to cater for present and future requirements, i.e. limited access roads or freeways. Under the present arrangement, the basic planning of national roads is largely undertaken by the Division of National Roads of the Department of Transport …

The planning is therefore with the Department, where it belongs—

… while detailed planning is entrusted to consulting engineers (appointed by the provinces) since, with few exceptions, the provinces are unable to undertake such planning.

The provinces are therefore unable at present, according to the evidence furnished before the Marais commission, to carry out what is expected of them in terms of the existing Act. For example—

Furthermore, the provinces do not have the necessary staff to ensure that proposals by the consulting engineers, comply with requirements.

The hon. member for Green Point has referred to the staff shortage in the provinces, and for that very reason the provinces are unable to carry out this task, and they are not in a position to provide staff to carry out the task. It goes further—

A cumbersome procedure is then followed whereby proposals of the consulting engineers are submitted to the Executive Committee of the province concerned and after approval referred to the Department of Transport where the Division of National Roads has to scrutinize the plans, rectify shortcoming and, in many cases, call for redesign with a view to the elimination of unnecessary expenditure.

Can you see what the present cumbersome procedure is? Consulting engineers are appointed by the provinces after a national road has been proclaimed. They now furnish the province with a certain report. That report in turn goes to the Division of National Roads of the Department of Transport. The only task and function the province is carrying out at present in the construction of national roads is merely to serve as a transmission channel from the consulting engineers to the Division of National Roads which frequently, according to the evidence furnished before the commission, must examine this and make changes. Now come the next steps. After the suggestions have eventually been approved by the NTC, another cumbersome procedure is followed in respect of the call for tenders by the provinces for construction work by contractors, and supervision by consulting engineers. Sir, can you now see how many interests become involved in this matter? The NTC has now approved the suggestions for the national road. Now tenders are called for in their turn by the province and no longer by the NTC. The construction work, again, is undertaken by contractors, and not by the province, and then eventually the supervision is done by consulting engineers. Today there are four groups of people engaged in a to-and-fro football game in the construction of national roads for the country. That is essentially the position. That is the evidence furnished before the Marais commission. I am sure that the hon. member for Green Point, who advanced an argument here against this matter, does in fact see that it is an unhealthy and undesirable procedure. It is surely a state of affairs that cannot continue. Sir, it has become important for this big country of ours that our freeway system should be completed speedily. I do not want to tire you with statistics about the accident rate and the desirability of better roads, etc. I just want to refer very briefly to some statistics which indicate how rapidly the requirements with respect to roads are expanding. I come to the Marais commission’s report again, in which they refer to the growth in the economy, the total vehicle mileage and the expenditure on roads. From that it is very clear that the expenditure on roads in our country has increased twice as rapidly as the economy itself has done. In other words, financially the Central Government and the National Transport Commission have done their duty in providing the money, and if shortcomings do consequently exist, they exist elsewhere, and this is what this legislation aims at solving.

If we look at the figures for the contributions of transport, we see that if we take 100 as the norm for 1958, in 1960 it was already 494 and in 1966 it was 622, a growth rate, therefore, of 6 per cent. When we look at the total gross domestic product, this has also increased at 6 per cent over the same period. But if we look at the total number of vehicle miles for that period, this has increased by 9 per cent. The number of miles travelled on our roads therefore increases more rapidly than the country’s national product does. But the total estimated expenditure on roads over the same period increased by 12 per cent. This is double the national product.

But now we come to another problem. This concerns the actual increase in roads according to statistics made available by the Marais Commission, and once again I take the period they mention here and their statistics from 1960 to 1965. In that period national roads evidenced a total growth rate per annum of 2,9 per cent. You must remember, Sir, that the total number of vehicle miles has increased by 9 per cent, but national roads, over the same period, increased by 2,9 per cent. Over the same period provincial roads increased by 0,1 per cent. The total growth, therefore, of all roads in the country was 0,2 per cent over the same period. The only conclusion one can therefore come to is that the rapid increase in traffic— and the commission reaches the same conclusion—does not keep pace with the requirements imposed on our roads; or rather, that it increases out of proportion with what can be achieved in respect of our roads and our road building programme.

The Marais Commission went further and made certain recommendations, to which I want to refer. They come to this conclusion in paragraph 450 of their report—

From the evidence submitted it appears that, under the existing system of divided control, particular attention should be directed at certain matters if the disadvantages inherent in any system of divided control are to be avoided. The Commission mentions particularly …

And then the Marais Commission mentions a series of facts of importance to them—

… that there is no uniformity in road construction policy and related matters.

With the provinces at present building national roads, no uniform policy exists in respect of the various provinces that are still working on the one centralized national road system. That is what the commission found. It also found that—

  1. (b) The methods adopted for the planning of roads generally are not all that can be desired.

The planning, therefore, which is again referred back to the consulting engineers and which is not done by the provinces themselves either, the Marais Commission finds is not all that can be desired, and in addition—

  1. (c) The varying systems applied in the expropriation of land for road purposes …

I believe that that problem is adequately solved in the legislation which the House has before it at present. Then they say that the result is that proper control cannot be exercised over the spending of amounts allocated from the National Roads Fund. Sir, I have indicated to you that there is an increase in spending at a rate of 12 per cent. The Marais Commission nevertheless finds that in spite of this constant increase at that high rate, the spending of the money is not all that can be desired because there are too many authorities involved in the building of roads. They say that adequate supervision cannot be exercised by the provincial administrations because of the fact that certain functions with respect to road building have, in part, shifted to the National Transport Commission’s technical staff and secondly, to consulting engineers who are employed to do detailed planning and then also, on the other hand, to private contractors to whom the actual building work is entrusted. Sir, I have now indicated how all these various sections are involved, and that this is time-consuming and a waste of money. The Marais Commission then comes to a conclusion which is of very great and fundamental importance to us. After it had heard evidence from the National Transport Commission and other witnesses, the Marais Commission came to the conclusion in paragraph 453 (c) that—

Control in all its phases, of national freeways be vested in a central organization.

I think that this is the clearest pronouncement we could possibly get about this matter. With due regard to the task of the Marais Commission, which made a special investigation of the subject of traffic, I think that these are the most authoritative pronouncements and opinions we can obtain in this respect.

The legislation before the House also has a history. The reason for it can be traced back quite a distance into the past. When the late Mr. Basie van Rensburg was still Deputy Minister of Transport, he gave this House an indication in 1967 of certain of the problems and of possible solutions. I quote from Hansard of 1967 when he said, inter alia, the following—

The old national roads have become so obsolete and dangerous that rebuilding of the system has become essential. Hon. members must remember that the bulk of the present national roads system was built more than 20 years ago or even longer, and that the technical requirements then were very undemanding. In addition it must also be remembered that these roads were, in the greatest percentage of cases, old provincial roads of a former century which had been improved at the cost of the Central Government. The existing national roads system is so obsolete that it can only be converted into modern-day highways on a very uneconomic basis.

As far back as 1967 there was, consequently, an indication on the part of the then Deputy Minister of Transport that the road system was obsolete and that work had to be undertaken on them with drastic urgency. This commission came to the conclusion that, with the existing system and present methods, the money is not being used as desired, and that it is very clear from statistics that we cannot keep pace with the requirements imposed on the road system. That is why hon. Deputy Minister van Rensburg said further at the time—

The national roads in South Africa are thus financed by the Central Government and planned in conjunction with the provincial administrations, while the actual construction work is in the hands of the provincial administrations. Mr. Chairman, that this is a time-consuming process, that much precious time is lost as a result, is undoubtedly true. In addition I believe that it can also lead to wastage of money.

As far back as 1967 it was, therefore, already clear that the old, existing system could not be continued with if we were desirous of catching up on the backlog in respect of our national roads.

We read almost every day in our newspapers about road accidents, and we hear about them almost daily on the radio. The subject has already been debated thoroughly and in depth in this House. One of the big problems our country is saddled with is the fact that a number of people, equal to the number of the inhabitants of the town from which you, Mr. Speaker, come are killed on our roads annually. Scientists and researchers are all agreed that adequate roads constitute one of the best methods for combating the death rate on the roads. It is an expensive and a lengthy process, but if we are in earnest about our road system in South Africa, with the national road network through our country, and if we want to increase this to the standards necessary for carrying the next generation’s traffic, we must simply break away from the old restrictions which we find ourselves subject to at present. We must then simply find new measures and apply modern and accelerated, streamlined methods. I believe that this legislation before the House this afternoon will succeed in that object. That is why it is a great pleasure for me to welcome this legislation.

Mr. H. M. TIMONEY:

Mr. Speaker, we have just listened to the hon. member for Middelburg. I do not know whether he ever was a member of the Provincial Council.

Mr. J. W. RALL:

Yes, I was.

Mr. H. M. TIMONEY:

I do not know whether the position in the Transvaal was different from the Cape.

Mr. J. W. RALL:

No, I was a member of the Natal Provincial Council.

Mr. H. M. TIMONEY:

Listening to the hon. member’s statement on the roads position at the present moment and the necessity for this particular Bill, it would seem as if there is absolutely no confidence in the building of roads by our provincial administrations.

Much has been made of the reports of the Borckenhagen and the Schumann Commissions. We have also been referred to the results of the Marais Commission’s report. This is a report that was rejected by the hon. the Minister of Transport to a large degree. It is good to know that they have resuscitated this particular report and extracted certain portions of it. Today we stand in this House at the cross-roads regarding the road building programme in our country. There is a necessity for providing modern roads which will comply with the high standards that are required by modern transport. Mr. Speaker, the Bill before us is like the curate’s egg; it is good in parts. The part of this Bill which we do not like, is that part which undermines the function of the provincial councils and their road building programmes.

I listened to the hon. member for Parow. He was a member of the provincial council. I think he can well remember the very good work that was done by the Provincial Administration of the Cape Province, the largest province, as far as roads are concerned. The hon. member for Middelburg made much of the overlapping of the various functions of the National Transport Commission in regard to the building of roads. One would think that it would take a life-time to travel from Pretoria to Cape Town. I can say that there is the closest liaison as far as road building is concerned. Over the years research has been undertaken by the various provinces. I can speak for the Cape Province. The research that was done in regard to the building of roads, was very thorough. I think the engineers of the National Transport Commission must have learned a great deal from the engineers here in the Cape. I can give hon. members the assurance that there was very close liaison between these two bodies. There was not much red tape before a road could actually be built.

The design and building of a road takes a long time. Surveying must be done on land and from the air to establish the least costly route that should be taken. The best people to undertake this, are the local engineers who know the conditions of their area. That is what happens. Then the costs are worked out. The original idea was for the provinces to have their own construction units. This was very costly. It was found that better progress could be made by having this work done under contract by the various construction companies. That is the position that obtains today. Even if the National Transport Commission takes over the building of roads today, that is what will happen. Up to now the National Transport Commission has not had the power to build any roads. This Bill, however, now gives them that power. But what will really happen is that the provinces will still build the roads, because the National Transport Commission does not have the machinery to do that. It will take them years to recruit the necessary staff in og-1er to carry out the functions outlined in this Bill. The hon. the Minister made an interjection and said that the power given to the National Transport Commission under this Bill concerns only national roads. The hon. member for Green Point pointed out that the provisions of clause 5 (1) (1) go much further than that. Under this particular clause they can build any road. They can build a road here in the suburbs of Cape Town if they wish to do so. The National Transport Commission is given tremendous powers under this particular Bill.

Listening to the hon. member for Middelburg, one would get the idea that there was no co-operation between the provincial administrations and the National Transport Commission as far as the provincial road system is concerned. Notwithstanding the evidence produced in the report of the Marais Commission as far as uniformity of our road systems is concerned, the basic requirements for the building of roads in this country, are to a large degree standardized. They are of a very high standard.

Hon. members must not forget that over the years our engineers have been forced to build tarred roads. The demand was for a tarred road from one point to the other. This demand was because they wanted to get rid of the Road dust. However, they realized at the time when they were building these roads that the foundation which they were giving these roads will not be able to carry the extra weight of heavy vehicles. That problem was drawn to the attention of the various provinces. They told us that they will build those roads, but that only a certain amount of transport can use that road and that the time will come when a road of very much higher standard will have to be built so that it can cope with the heavier traffic. Today the Government has realized, and the country is realizing that all these roads which we have in our country must be built to a very much higher standard and to a higher axle weight in order to take very much heavier transport. The provinces are aware of that position and they know about the experience we had with the famous Witbank Road which failed under the strain of the heavy vehicles which carried coal over this road. The provinces and the provincial road engineers are well aware of what the position is. Therefore, this Government is not going to be any better off by introducing this particular Bill. The roads are not going to be built any faster, because a road can only be built as fast as the funds are made available and according to the manpower available.

I was mentioning the question of the siting of new roads. The tendency in the speeches which have been made today, is that the building of national roads should be entirely left to the National Road Commission. I would like to go back to the position at present. I am thinking of an example such as the national road which goes through the Tsitsikamma Forest at the present moment. Believe it or not, a new road is being deigned and it will take another route. We know what happened when they cut the previous new road through the Tsitsikamma Forest and the effect it had on the virgin forests. One wonders whether, if there had been no consultation with the provinces, what the effect would have been. Today a new road is being built there. Other speakers on this side of the House will tell of the other difficulties which are being experienced when national roads are built through various areas.

To build a road you have to have the personnel, the machinery and the knowhow. However, before you can get these things, you must have the finance. You must have the finance and therefore we must look at this particular Bill. Let us go back into the history of our national roads in this country. One remembers that there was a time when we had the most terrible roads in this country. At that time a campaign was launched and in every advertisement in the newspapers the words “We want good roads” appeared at the bottom of the advertisements. This was done to such an extent that the Government of the time woke up and realized that something had to be done. In the beginning they decided not to build our roads on a national basis, but to build them on a provincial basis to a high gravel standard. One can remember that the Orange Free State was the first province where the roads were to a fairly high gravel standard. As a matter of fact, travelling in the Free State was the envy of every motorist. Then, Mr. Speaker, the Government of the day realized that some-ting would have to be done on a national basis. But the money was just not available. They then decided that the road user must pay for it. One still remembers that when the original Bill was introduced in this House, a levy of 3 pennies per gallon was placed on petrol in order to pay for the building of these roads, that is on a gravel standard. Only later did they decide to bring them to a black-top standard. These roads had comparatively no foundation. The important thing was to get blacktop roads. I do not think that they thought very much about foundations in those days. The necessity of having double-lane roads was also not thought of at that stage. Engineers thought that it might come in future, but not at that stage. In order to finance those roads a ratio was worked out for the different provinces and it was provided in a Bill that the Cape would get 50 per cent from this particular fund, the Transvaal 25 per cent, Natal 22½ per cent and the Orange Free State 22 per cent. This would assist them in the building of the roads.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

Annually?

Mr. H. M. TIMONEY:

Yes. The hon. the Deputy Minister will see this in the old Bill. Following upon the increase to 6 cents per gallon of petrol one sees in the Estimates that last year an amount of R56 250 000 was allocated to this particular fund. Under the present Bill this amount will be increased to R67 500 000 as a result of the increase of 8 cents per gallon of petrol to this Fund. That is a lot of money and one realizes that this new system of national road contraction—we are not against national roads being constructed—-will take away the provincial control in the building of these roads. We have the know-how in the provinces and to think that we are going to achieve anything by handing it over to a central commission is all wrong.

I now come to the financing of these roads. When one reads clause 2, one wonders where the provinces are going to get the money from to build provincial roads. Is it going to come out of this bulk amount the hon. the Minister of Finance is going to give the provinces? Will they have to budget for that amount? What is going to happen to the cities? Let us take a city like Johannesburg where they are now talking about building an underground communication system which I understand is going to cost something like R500 million. Where are they going to raise the money? At the present moment the Government grabs quite a lot of money from motorists. At the present time the motorist pay§ 9,8 cents excise duty and, 9,8 cents customs duty on one gallon of petrol and also 8 cents to the National Road Fund. That is the amount of money the Government gets in indirect taxation on a gallon of petrol. Only 8 cents goes to the National Roads Fund. When some people talk glibly that local authorities, like city councils and so on, can put a tax on petrol in order to meet their expenses they are talking nonsense. This is a matter the Government has to give consideration to. Roads cannot be built unless (a) you have the personnel, (b) the know-how and (c) the most important, the money. What the Government had not told us—I have listened to the hon. the Deputy Minister this afternoon—is how the provinces are going to continue building the roads and maintaining the present roads, and how the cities are going to continue building their throughways and various other connection roads to the national roads. Other speakers will discuss the position of the limited access roads in the platteland and the acquisition of ground through the various farms.

There is another conflict in this particular Bill that has not been mentioned here, namely in Clause 19. At the present time, in the provinces we have a Traffic Law Co-ordinating Committee, which coordinates all our traffic laws. But under this particular provision the Minister is going to take unto himself the power through the commission to make his own traffic laws as far as the national roads are concerned. In the case of conflict with the traffic laws as put forward by our traffic bureaux, his laws will prevail. It says here that the conditions of his particular laws for these roads will prevail. That is the position. We have now a National Roads Commission which not only is going to control and build these roads, but it is also going to lay down the traffic laws appertaining to these roads, notwithstanding any other traffic regulations or laws that prevail at the present moment under the local authorities. One finds this conflict throughout the Bill. As the hon. member for Green Point said, the tendency is to undermine what is left to the Provincial Council at the present moment.

We can be very proud of the road system in this country today; but we can lay that at the door of the Provincial Councils and their road engineers, who have built up this very high standard of road building that we have today. To think that by the introduction of this particular measure and the appointment of the National Transport Commission to build all these roads, more roads are going to be built in this country, is a mistaken idea. All these roads throughout our country, through our cities and provinces, will still have to be built. The Government will have to find the money. At the moment the Government has pruned the provinces’ taxation, resources and certainly, the cities cannot find the money. The Government just cannot rely on the eight cents they are going to get for their national roads. When the Minister replies, we would like to hear how he intends, not only financing the national roads through this particular fund by means of the eight cents per gallon, but assisting the provinces as far as their roads are concerned, as well as the cities. It would be very interesting to hear how the Government intends doing that.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23 and debate adjourned.

The House adjourned at 7 p.m.

WEDNESDAY, 21ST APRIL, 1971 Prayers—2.20 p.m. APPROPRIATION BILL

(Committee Stage resumed)

Revenue Vote No. 4.—“Prime Minister”, R3 697 000:

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Normally I would not have introduced this debate. However, the hon. the Leader of the Opposition requested me, and I fell in with that request, to introduce the debate by making a statement on the matters dealt with in the Potgieter report.

Before dealing with that matter in detail, however, I want to make a few observations for the sake of providing background. In the first instance I want to point out that this report deals with the security of the State; in other words, with a matter which has nothing to do with a government or with a specific political party as such, but has to do exclusively with the security of Africa. I believe that we can afford to differ on many things; in fact, we have differed and will still differ on many things. Hence the fact that we have the different political parties in this House. However, it is also my belief, a belief shared by hon. members on the other side of the House as well, that when it comes to the fundamental security of the State, there can or may be no difference of opinion. For this reason I believe that in conducting a discussion on a matter such as this, we shall do so in that spirit.

By way of background I want to say that hon. members are, of course, aware that the security set-up as such, as far as South Africa is concerned, is a new one, new because in the past, on account of historic associations, we relied not so much on our own security set-up, but on the security set-up of the Commonwealth or of Britain, from which we derived historically. It was only much later that the need was felt to establish a security set-up for South Africa itself. That need only came to the fore strongly in the late forties—in 1947, to be specific. Gradually we then proceeded to develop a system, a system which, on the one hand, had its shortcomings, but, on the other hand, also met with a great deal of success. To everybody who contributed to that success I want to express my gratitude and appreciation.

As I have said, that system also had its shortcomings and failings, and these emerged from time to time. Thus it came about that the Government decided to appoint a judge of appeal whose terms of reference were to inquire into the whole security set-up in South Africa, to compare it with the security set-up in other countries, to spot its shortcomings, if any, and then to make recommendations for the establishment of a security set-up which would meet South Africa’s needs, regard being had to the threat facing South Africa. In the light of these considerations the judge of appeal in question then had to recommend as far as possible the ideal security set-up for South Africa. In my humble opinion this task was carried out by the Hon. Mr. Justice Potgieter with great success. He not only examined the security set-up of South Africa and not only heard the evidence of everybody who wanted to testify, but also made an exhaustive study of the security set-up of comparable countries. On the basis of his findings he recommended, in my humble opinion, a very good system for South Africa. Hon. members will recall that his terms of reference were not only to examine the security set-up of South Africa, but also to recommend legislation, if it appeared that amendments to the law would be necessary. Mr. Justice Potgieter also carried out that part of his terms of reference. We have now received the report.

Before dealing with that report in more detail, I want to take this opportunity to remove certain misconceptions, to put it rather mildly, prevailing in respect of our present security set-up. Hon. members are aware that our security set-up as such has three legs. These are that of the Bureau, that of Defence and that of the Security Police. It is not for me to discuss Defence and the Security Police, because they do not come under me, but as the Bureau comes under me, I want to make a few observations in regard to it. In the first instance— if this was not clear in the past, I hope it will be very clear after what I shall have said here this afternoon—the Bureau for State Security is not a super-Government department which has been instituted over other Government departments. It has never laid any claim to being that, and that is not what it is. It is a Government department just like any of the other Government departments, and the head of that department, Gen. Van den Bergh, is not a super-public servant set in authority over other public servants. He is simply and solely a head of a department, just as every other head of a department is the head of his department. Gen. Van den Bergh is just as much a head of a department which comes under my jurisdiction as Prime Minister, as is Mr. Louis Botha, who is the secretary to my department. A misunderstanding in this regard could possibly have arisen as a result of the fact that Gen. Van den Bergh had the designation of “Security Adviser to the Prime Minister”. The historical reason for this being the case, was that at the time of his appointment there was no department of which he could be the head. He was the announced, designated Commissioner of Police, whom I then asked not to accept that post but, in fact, to accept this post. I want to make it very clear that neither Gen. Van den Bergh nor I am married to any designation. If the designation is causing misunderstanding, or if that designation is not acceptable or is giving people ideas, then I say that I am not married to that designation, and consequently Gen. Van den Bergh will, as far as the future is concerned, merely be known as the Secretary for Security Affairs. This is not the precise wording; the wording is given in the Potgieter report. But I just want to emphasize once again that if there is any idea that Gen. Van den Bergh has been set in authority over other people by virtue of his position in relation to the Prime Minister of the country, that idea is not correct. Gen. Van den Bergh is an officer with whom I co-operated intimately during the most difficult years which South Africa experienced in the time of the Poqo and the A.N.C. and other problems. He is an officer for whom I have the highest regard and respect because of his ability and the manner in which he performs his work.

I want to make it very clear, also to remove any misunderstanding, that this Bureau for State Security has never laid any claim to and has never had certain powers. The Bureau, or its officials, have never had the power—they have never asked for it, nor are they doing so now—of house-search, the power of arrest and the power of detention. To these powers, which are the exclusive prerogative of the police, the Bureau has never laid any claim; the Bureau has never had these powers, nor is it recommended in the Potgieter report that it should have those powers. In that respect it is in the same position in which any ordinary citizen of the State is or has always been. The fears which allegedly existed in the minds of people and the reproach which was levelled at me, amongst others, i.e. that here I had allegedly established a super-police force for myself, are of course devoid of all truth. Of course, a police force which does not have the powers of arrest or of detention or of search can from the nature of the case never be a police force, even if it wants to be. The task and the function of the Bureau is to gather information, information relating to the security of the State. I want to make this very clear.

While dealing with that point, I also want to make it very clear that the Bureau does not consider it to be its task—and once again the Potgieter report makes this very clear—to have anything to do with party-political matters or with the private affairs of individuals, and it has also been instructed not to interfere in such matters. Furthermore, the Bureau for State Security has, ever since its inception, never had anything to do with telephone tapping or with intercepting mail in the post office. Let me deal with this matter at once. In all countries of the world there is, in respect of these two matters, either legislation or a practice—in Britain, for instance, there is no legislation but there is a practice—that postal articles may be intercepted and that telephones may be tapped under given circumstances, which are dealt with in this report. In other countries of Europe there is positive legislation providing what is to be done and how it is to be done. The Potgieter Commission examined this matter as well and recommended that in respect of this matter legislation be submitted to Parliament in order to place this matter on a correct and proper basis. I want to make it very clear that there is no country in the world of which I know or which Mr. Justice Potgieter could find which does not have legislation in regard to this matter or in which an established, recognized practice does not exist in this regard.

In the second place, I want to make it very clear that the Bureau for State Security does not investigate contraventions of the law or crime; that is the function of the Police. If any member of the Bureau comes across crime in the course of his work, it is his task and his function to report the matter to the ordinary police, who will then take the ordinary police steps in that regard, and in practice this is also what he does. For instance, I was astonished to have read in respect of the Rev. Beytagh that the Bureau had taken action in regard to this matter. The Bureau never was involved in such a matter; it never investigated it; it was not involved in the matter in any respect at all. And yet the newspapers sent out into the world the story that it was the activities of the Bureau which came to light in that case. I believe that this statement will remove a great deal of misunderstanding that has prevailed in that regard.

Now I come to the Potgieter report. I have already expressed my gratitude and appreciation to the Judge of appeal, who, in my humble opinion, presented us with a very fine piece of work. My problems in regard to the report are that, regard being had to the enemies that we have, that not only this side of the House has, but that South Africa has, certain problems might arise if this report, as drafted by the Judge, were tabled and published to the world at large. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition and I discussed this matter. I stated the problems to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. In our haste I pointed out to him in the report some of the problems with which we shall all be faced. The Leader of the Opposition and I agreed—and I am very pleased that we were able to reach such an agreement— that this report in its Afrikaans form (for the English version will unfortunately remain in abeyance for a long time) be submitted to a committee consisting of an equal number of members of this side of the House and of the Official Opposition, under my chairmanship. On my side the members will be the hon. the Minister of Defence, the hon. the Minister of Justice and the hon. the Minister of Police. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition will announce his members later on. These senior Members of Parliament, of the Government and of the Official Opposition, will examine this report, which I shall make available to the hon. members immediately. They will examine this report in order to see what would be prejudicial to the security of the State if it were published and what would not be prejudicial. I am very grateful for its having been possible for us to reach such an agreement, because I believe that in this way we can render the best possible service to the security of the State.

Now, as regards the recommendations of the Potgieter report, I want to say that the Government has decided that it has no objection to any of the recommendations made by the Potgieter Commission, and that it is prepared to accept those recommendations. In spite of the fact that the report has not been published, I now want to mention some of the recommendations made in that report, and I am doing this, too, in consultation with the Leader of the Opposition.

I have already referred to the recommendation made in regard to telephones and postal articles, but I do not want to go into detail now, as it would take me too long to do so. If and when the legislation recommended by the Potgieter report is submitted to this House, it will be time enough to hold discussions on the matter. The Potgieter report recommended that a body, which I have already established, i.e. a State Security Council, be established by legislation. The report recommends that that State Security Council be constituted as follows: There will be the Prime Minister as chairman, the senior Cabinet Minister, the Minister of Defence, the Minister of Police, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, the Minister of Justice, and then, of course, as is stated here in the report, any other co-opted member who may be required for the ad hoc discussion to be conducted on any particular occasion. In addition there are, of course, the Secretary for Security Information—that is the designation of Gen. Van den Bergh which I could not remember a moment ago—the Commandant-General of the Defence Force, the Commissioner of Police, the Secretary for Foreign Affairs, the Secretary for Justice, and then other heads of departments on an ad hoc basis as circumstances may require.

I told hon. members that I had asked Mr. Justice Potgieter in his terms of reference to examine certain legislation. The legislation he had to examine included, inter alia, section 10 and section 29. The Judge heard detailed evidence on these sections. He recommended that both section 10 and section 29 be amended, and he incorporated in this report his proposals for the amendments. I have already told you, Sir, that the Government has decided to accept those recommendations. Thus there are, in respect of the security set-up as a whole, pieces of legislation which are recommended by the Potgieter report. That legislation will be submitted to Parliament in due course. However, hon. members will appreciate that it is impossible to put through this legislation during the current Session. Nor is there any hurry to do so this Session. However, I told the hon. the Leader of the Opposition that, once this committee to which I referred had had the opportunity of studying this report, and if the Opposition, having studied the report, came to the conclusion that they also accept the recommendations made by Mr. Justice Potgieter, as we accept them in respect of section 10 and section 29, and if it were, therefore, an agreed piece of legislation on which there would be no lengthy debate, for which there is no time during this Session, that agreed piece of legislation—the hon. the Leader of the House and I have reached agreement on this matter—would be passed by Parliament during this Session already.

I believe that in furnishing this explanation I have covered the whole matter and have stated clearly the matter of this report, its recommendations, its intention and what it seeks to establish for South Africa.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

We are indeed grateful to the Prime Minister for this statement concerning the activities of the Potgieter Commission. This Bureau for State Security came into existence as the result of legislation which we on this side of the House were able to support. It was a new departure and a new field and, therefore, there was no doubt that study and experimentation would be necessary before we could achieve the most efficient type of organization possible. Therefore we on this side of the House welcomed the appointment of this commission. I have no doubt that, after the intensive study that has been made, the recommendations will be worthy of very weighty consideration.

I am particularly glad that the hon. the Prime Minister has used this occasion to make a statement on the actual activities of the Bureau for State Security. I think that that has been a very healthy action and one that has done much to remove uncertainty and misapprehension. The gentleman in charge of that Bureau will now be the Secretary for Security. Of course, he has had other jobs before. He has been engaged in other activities. Therefore it is not surprising that people should have been under a misapprehension and that they should not have understood that his present job is a very different one from what he had before.

We on this side of the House appreciate very fully the security problems which are involved in making this report available to the public. I want to say how pleased I am that it has been possible to reach an agreement whereby this will be studied by a joint committee, which will then recommend what should be released and what not. What I think has worried us most in respect of the mechanics of the working of the Bureau for State Security, has been the manner in which information was channelled to the Bureau from the various—shall I say— “legs” dealing with intelligence and State security in our Public Service and how, having been co-ordinated at that level, it was going to be fed back to the various bodies or organizations which could make use of it. For that reason I am very glad to hear of the possibility of a State Security Council being statutorily recognized and that it will be constituted in the manner indicated by the hon. the Prime Minister. I do not want to promise him, at this stage, unequivocal support for legislation to bring that into existence, without reading the report and studying it. I think however he can take it that this is the sort of recommendation which we have been looking for and which we welcome.

I am also glad that legislation is recommended concerning the much vexed question of the listening in or listening from or tapping of telephones and the question of inspection of other people’s post. I know the problem. It happens in every country in the world. It would be a much more healthy situation if we could have it reduced to legislation, which could be discussed openly in this House, so that everybody knew exactly where we were.

Lastly, may I say that it is gratifying to know that there are recommendations concerning sections 10 and 29 of the General Law Amendment Act, which were a bone of contention between us, something I regretted, because I had hoped that this matter of State security was something in respect of which there could be a bipartisan approach. It is to be hoped that the recommendations which the judge has made will be such that they can be acceptable to both sides of the House and that this matter will disappear from the difficult ones with which we have to deal in our public life.

This I hope will remain a non-contentious subject, but there are other more contentious matters which I want to discuss with the hon. the Prime Minister this afternoon. I want to say that …

The PRIME MINISTER:

You have not asked for the half-hour.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Sir. I shall take the ten minutes if I may and do so afterwards. I think my time has nearly expired. If there has been one characteristic which has typified this Government’s activities in the period since the last election, in this the beginning of what the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development has described as the decade of dynamic development, then I think it has been the uncertainty, the fumbling and the muddling to which we have been subjected by this Government. It is for that reason that I welcome this opportunity of discussing certain subjects with the Prime Minister this afternoon relating to the state of affairs in the country at the present time. I would suggest that perhaps, as a basis for discussion, we should ask ourselves how South Africa stands at the present time. When we do so, I think we find that, while internationally there have been one or two hopeful signs, there is no real reason yet for any smugness or relaxation of our efforts. I think we can say that recent months have seen an improvement in our relations with the United Kingdom, and it seems as though our relations with the United States of America have eased to some extent. It seems that there has been some response to Government overtures to some of the African States. There is, however, a great deal of work left to be done, because South Africa is still very much out on a limb in so far as South Atlantic defence is concerned, and the position in the Indian Ocean could quite easily become pretty unhealthy fairly suddenly.

We have to face up to the fact that there are still many states which are hostile towards us, and that their technique is to direct their appeals to race instincts, or to the sense of justice of our friends. This is a technique which makes it difficult for those who wish to maintain their ties of friendship with us, to defend us. To illustrate the sort of difficulty with which one is faced, I want to deal with two recent speeches made to the South Africa Foundation at the time of its annual general meeting in 1970. The first was made by Dr. P. E. Rousseau, Deputy President of the South Africa Foundation. This is what he said:

En terwyl ons so fundamenteel van mekaar verskil, gaan die magte van die Kommunisme en Maoïsme voort met hulle ondergrawingsbeleid. Hulle werk deur godsdienstige organisasies, die universiteite, vakunies, sportliggame en internasionale verenigings, met ’n meedoënlose sielkundige aanslag wat daarop gemik is om ons aan die een kant te verswak en aan die ander kant ’n wig in te drywe tussen ons en ons tradisionele vriende en bondgenote.

Then he goes on and he refers to the chairman:

Ons wat na u prikkelende toespraak van vanoggend geluister het, en ’n bietjie daaroor nagedink het, moet besef hoe gevaarlik die wêreld daarbuite vir ons geword het, hoe ons tradisionele vriende gekondisioneer word om ons vyande te word, en hoe ons meer en meer geïsoleer word en op ons eie hulpmiddele, en veral op ons eie eensgesindheid, moet terugval.

Then, Sir, there is a reference in the report of the president, Major-General Sir Francis de Guingand. This is what he says:

I will not disguise the fact that in my view the pressures against South Africa in some ways are increasing and becoming more dangerous.

That, Sir, is the situation at the international level at the present time.

I come now to the national level. Here are three matters to which I want to direct attention this afternoon. The first is sport, the second is race relations, and the third concerns certain aspects of the economic position of the country.! [Time expired.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Mr. Chairman, if the hon. the Leader of the Opposition would like his half-hour now in order to continue his speech, I should like to afford him the opportunity to do so.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Mr. Chairman, I appreciate the hon. the Prime Minister’s gesture very much. May I ask for the privilege of the first half-hour?

When one deals with the sport position in South Africa, one is faced with the fact that the list of sports in which we either have difficulty in enjoying international competition, or have been virtually barred from such competition, has been growing tragically fast in the past five or six years. Our invitations are refused. Teams which have contracted to come over to South Africa, for some reason or other find themselves unable to come. Tours are cancelled. Even in those countries with whom we still compete, our friends have often been embarrassed by internal disputes and bickering in respect of visits by our sporting teams or visits to us by their sporting teams. I am afraid we are in the situation that we are gradually becoming almost completely insolated in the sporting world. I have here a long list dealing with various sports and our experiences in regard to those sports during the past few years. I think they are probably familiar to most hon. members of this House, because they were covered by a reply by the hon. the Minister of Sport to a question put by an hon. member on the Opposition side of this House. Suffice it to say that a large number of sporting engagements in the international field have been cancelled or have not been implemented because of prejudice or other reasons in connection with our policies in South Africa.

That brings one, naturally, to a review of the race relations position. Here I should like to tell the hon. the Prime Minister that in so far as that position is developing at present in the Republic, I do not like what is taking place at all. It seems to me that race relations are not improving; they are deteriorating day by day. Many of our non-White people who were prepared to give separate development a trial, have become disillusioned. They cannot hide their impatience. Nothing seems to be happening. This extends from the Federal Party amongst the Coloured people—that party which controls the Coloured Representative Council by virtue of nomination by the Government of a large block of supporters of their party to the council—to the urban Bantu, some of whom are now formulating demands for higher wages. It even involves leaders in the homelands who, while they profess their support of Government policy, are nevertheless complaining of the slowness of development and the lack of action. Indeed, the attitude of some of the latter has been underlined by the dramatic manner in which Chief Kaiser Matanzima of the Transkei presented his recent demands only a few days ago and the bitter manner in which they were rejected by the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development when he dealt with them in this House.

The PRIME MINISTER:

Why call it bitter?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Mr. Chairman, I was here when that reply was given. I think bitter is a masterly understatement of the way in which the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development presented his reply.

There are certain aspects of the economic situation which I think, are important. I think I want to say that, desperately though the hon. the Minister of Finance has tried, he has been quite unable to gloss over certain facts. I think the first is that his Budget is immensely unpopular. I think the second is that he has introduced it because the country is facing inflation of worrying proportions. As a result the public has been asked to bear heavy increases in taxation and other burdens which are going to make the entrepreneurs hesitant and nervous and which may easily force up prices contrary to the intentions of the hon. the Minister. This in turn is going to fritter away the earnings of the ordinary man in the street.

The question I want to pose this afternoon is what solutions we must seek for these problems and to the situation in which we find ourselves. I have no doubt that in the international sphere for the sake of our security in a dangerous world and for the sake of our integrity and even for the sake of our national prestige, we must strive to reverse the growing danger of isolation. We must try to convert ostracism into acceptance into the family of nations. We must make it possible for those who wish to defend us and who are kindly disposed towards us to be able to defend us publicly without having to run the risk that the uncommitted nations of the world could reasonably take exception to their defence of us. At the same time I want to say, and I am sure I have the support of the hon. the Prime Minister in this, that we are determined to solve our own problems in our own way and that we will brook no interference from outside.

The PRIME MINISTER:

I said that in the very first speech I made as Prime Minister.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I am glad the hon. the Prime Minister said so, because there is still fresh in my mind the statement which was made by another Prime Minister in this House that he accepted a policy which he did not wish to accept, but did so because of the forces descending upon South Africa.

The PRIME MINISTER:

To whom are you referring?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I am referring to the hon. the Prime Minister’s predecessor and I am referring to the passage which the hon. gentleman knows so well.

I now want to refer to national issues. As far as sport is concerned, our aim should be to make it possible for our people to participate once again in international sport. Once again it should be done without disrupting our traditional way of life. When it comes to race relations, I know that we all agree that provided we can maintain peaceful race relations, South Africa holds enormous promise for the future. It is a promise which can bring security, high standards of living and happiness to all our people. However, this commonly accepted aim is complicated by the peculiar composition of our peoples in this country. We have advanced societies in juxtaposition to primitive ones. Even amongst the primitive ones we have a growing number of persons who, as a result of our education of them, share our civilization at various levels. Some of them share it even to the highest levels. Different groups like the Coloured and the Bantu are at different stages of development. Our problem is complicated by the fact that the haves and the have-nots in South Africa can usually be distinguished from each other because of a basic physical characteristic like colour. While our sense of justice tells us that we should take action in respect of the less advanced people of different colours, the solutions which are advanced are very often hindered by prejudice, fear and even indifference. Against this our non-White people are chafing at the bit. Because of their closer contacts with Western standards, they are beginning to desire those standards for themselves with a sense of urgency so that I think they cannot be denied them very much longer. Their frustration is becoming more marked as even supporters of the Government’s policy realize that the Government’s policy is a policy on paper only and it is impossible to fulfil in its full significance.

When we come to economic affairs, our greatest need is to ensure to all the people of South Africa a high standard of living and freedom from want. Our problem is how to maintain prosperity in South Africa, avoid excessive taxation and escape restrictive Government measures when our economy is being bent and is being dented and is being harmed by continued and desperate attempts to implement an ideology, which I believe is impossible of fulfilment without abandoning sound economic principles.

What is the Government’s answer to these problems at the present time? In the international sphere the Government’s attitude seems to be that the world should accept Government policy as implemented in South Africa. Its attitude is that it is willing to co-operate with the world in many spheres, to assist in the development of neighbouring states, to share its growing trade with those who wish to trade with us, on condition that its internal policies are not condemned or made a bone of contention. This is a perfectly defensible attitude while the people of South Africa keep this Government in power. But in a small world, where the acts of any one nation have repercussions over an extensive area, any government should be ready and able to defend its own policy against international critics. When a government can only defend its own policy by not stating it accurately, or misrepresenting it, it seems to me that it becomes unfit to govern. I believe if we look at this Government’s publicity throughout the world, one finds that even the hon. the Prime Minister and his people over-state the practical virtues of separate development. They ask the world to believe that the development of the Bantustans to independence is going to give the Bantu people a square deal. When they do that, they skim over the fate of the majority of the Bantu people who do not live in the homelands, who cannot be supported by the homelands and who, forever, I believe, inevitably will be with us Whites, working with us to maintain our common standards. All the Government policy seems to offer them at the moment is the hurt and the humiliation of what some people call petty apartheid and others call unnecessary apartheid. I believe the world sees through the fallacy of this argument. They lose confidence in our intentions, and our friends find it impossible to defend us against our enemies. I do not propose to deal with examples of petty apartheid. I have a whole list of them here. I leave it to others to deal with them and argue with the hon. the Prime Minister as regards the differences between petty apartheid, unnecessary apartheid and small apartheid.

I want to say that the Prime Minister himself, in his actions, has done South Africa no favour by some of the things he has said and done. In his own communications to the outside world he seems to me at times to pretend that indefensible aspects of his policy do not exist at all. He skims over the problems of the Coloured and the Indian peoples. He tells international audiences that petty apartheid does not exist, or he does not know what it is; or if he does, it affects the Whites as much as the non-Whites. By indulging in this nonsense, I believe the hon. the Prime Minister undermines his own prestige and earns contempt for South Africa. There was an interview which he gave to the London Sunday Telegraph which was reported in one of the Sunday newspapers which I found very surprising indeed. According to this report—

Mr. Vorster was asked whether the ultimate completion of separate development would allow for some relaxation of the annoying elements in apartheid. “Annoying?” he replied, “I am not aware that there are any annoying elements in apartheid.”

That is what the hon. gentleman said—

Mr. Brown comments that, since the matter under discussion was none other than the denial of elementary human rights of the great majority of one’s fellow-citizens, he was somewhat taken aback. “But”, said Mr. Vorster, “it must be just as annoying for a White man when he cannot go into a restaurant for Blacks or Coloureds as for a Black or a Coloured not to be allowed into a restaurant serving Whites. It cuts both ways. That is the way we have developed.”

I wonder whether the hon. the Prime Minister has any idea of the harm that is done in the international sphere by the application of what I believe he calls “unnecessary apartheid”, and what certain other people, for purposes of shorthand, call “petty apartheid”. I have said that I do not propose to deal with the examples, but I can assure the hon. the Prime Minister that their impact on world news can be catastrophic for good relations with South Africa, as can some of the actions taken by this Government, actions which they regard as being necessary. When such things are reported overseas, they shatter the good work of our missions, the good work of our friends and destroy the effect of our publicity trying to preserve South Africa’s good name overseas. And it is not only I who say so. Here I have a speech made by a Mr. Loop, who is the chairman or president of an organization called the United Kingdom/South Africa Trade Association. This gentleman, Sir, is a friend of South Africa, doing all he can to maintain good relations for us in the United Kingdom. I want to read one passage from his speech, a passage which I think is significant—

Neither I nor any other foreigner has the right to give South Africans, in or out of Government, advice regarding the solution of their tremendously difficult social and political problems. In my case it would be a brash impertinence to do so. However, what I feel I am entitled to do is to speak frankly of those aspects of South African affairs which provide us with difficulties in Britain, where we are increasingly being challenged on the moral aspect of our support of South Africa. Obviously every step that South Africa takes towards a more humane, a more compassionate handling of relations between the different peoples of this country, is to be welcomed, not only for its own sake, but because it makes it just that bit less difficult to convince people in Britain that South Africa is not a stagnant situation but an evolving one which, with true understanding and friendship of the British people, we can help. The danger of the world’s ill-will grows greater and I would earnestly ask you for your own sakes to look closely and more compassionately at the present attitude in regard to some of your own affairs, to forget some of your perhaps exaggerated anxieties and accept more readily that the White community and the Black and Brown communities really do need each other in this country.

I do not propose to quote any more from this gentleman’s speech and I do not propose to give examples, save to refer to a situation which is presently being reported upon by the Press of a man who cannot live with his own aged mother because they are classified as belonging to different race groups, of a Bantu woman who was repatriated under circumstances which caused even Die Burger to say and certain professors to write that if separate development could not be brought about without cases of that kind then it was necessary to re-examine the whole policy.

The L. LE GRANGE:

Why do you always take the extreme cases?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Sir, I take these extreme cases because of the inestimable harm they do overseas. I am talking about international relations. If only hon. members opposite would try to help to avoid these cases occurring, how much more good would they do for South Africa than sitting back while imagining that they do not know what is going on.

What is the Government’s answer in respect of sport, the first national issue I want to raise? Here, Sir, I find myself in a difficulty straight away in that the Government’s actions have been so inconsistent and have revealed so much fumbling and muddling that I really do not know what their sport policy is. As I understood it, Sir, Dr. Verwoerd in his Loskop speech indicated that Maoris would not be welcome in South Africa. The present Prime Minister, however, decided differently, as I read it, and I welcome it and congratulate him on it. It was most successful. We had the story that D’Oliviera was selected for political reasons even though he was selected as member of a team. The first story we heard about Ashe was that he could not come as an individual but that he could come as member of a team. We had a mess over the Japanese jockey, and we had difficulty over a little Chinese girl playing tennis in a schools competition at Aliwal North. We also have the inexplicable position in regard to the Indian golfer Papwa, who one year played in the Open but could not do so the following year. However, I have learned from the Government press that the hon. the Prime Minister has a new sports policy and I must say that I await his outlining of it with the greatest interest.

I think it right that I should deal with a press report regarding my own statement on our sports policy, a report which I considered to be one of the most disgraceful I have ever come across.

The PRIME MINISTER:

By the way, do you know what your sports policy is?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Mr. Chairman, I am really surprised at the hon. the Prime Minister. If he cannot read, we can always help him. It has been made available to him in writing. However, I want to deal with something which I regard as being very unfortunate. I refer to a report in the newspaper Die Vaderland under the heading: “Sportbaas knoei met Sir Div.” and reads—

’n Sportbaas wat deur die Eerste Minister in sy vertroue geneem is, het met die Verenigde Party se leier geheul, vandaar die skielike nuwe sportbeleid wat sir de Villiers Graaff Saterdag aangekondig het.

Sir, I want to say that this is totally untrue; there is no vestige of truth in it; it is a He, and I hope to report it to the Press Board and challenge that newspaper to prove that it is true. But as I was saying, I welcome any new statement by the hon. the Prime Minister and I reserve my reaction to it until he has made it. I hope, however, that it is not going to be on the lines indicated by some of his newspapers, i.e. to the effect that he will organize our sport or allow it to be organized internally and externally on a multi-national basis on the assumption that we are already separate nations with separate identities although we are all still citizens at the present time of one South Africa.

The PRIME MINISTER:

May I put a question to you, in all sincerity?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Yes, certainly.

The PRIME MINISTER:

Do you not think it will be better if you put your sports policy and I mine?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

There is one fundamental difference between the position of the hon. the Prime Minister and mine. That is that he has a copy of my sport policy in his possession; I sent it to him.

The PRIME MINISTER:

But there were so many reports in the Press … [Interjections.]

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The hon. gentleman has a copy of my sports policy in his possession. If he would have the kindness to let me have a copy of his sport policy … [interjections.] … I would be happy to compare the one with the other. At this stage I should like to say that, if what the newspapers report about his policy is correct, then there are certain very real dangers—firstly, if he keeps competition on the national level to ethnic groups playing against each other he may be faced with a great deal of excitement and disturbances amongst the crowds that are allowed to watch those performances. Secondly, I want to say that if he is going to allow different ethnic groups and their controlling organizations to negotiate with international sport bodies for recognition, he might find himself in the position that since on the whole they only recognize national bodies, they may recognize some non-White bodies and not White bodies as representing sport in South Africa. Sir, I await the hon. gentleman’s plan and its details with great interest.

Sir, what are the Government’s solutions for this very delicate matter of race relations? Here I want to deal with only three matters. The first concerns a matter on which we warned the Government over the years and in respect of which, to my regret I must say, it seems that our warnings have been realized. It concerns the friction between the Government and leaders of the Bantu in the homelands who support Government policy, the policy of ultimate sovereign independence for the homelands. Because here the Government is beginning to find something of which we warned in the past and that is that it is landing in the same position in which the colonial powers of Europe landed themselves with their African and Asian colonies after World War II. These powers found that development towards political independence has a momentum of its own. Once independence has been promised the developing people do not accept the programme laid down for them by the colonial power, and that power tends to lose control of the time-table. Sir, only last week we had an example of the sort of thing that can so easily happen and seems to be happening here. Here we had Kaiser Matanzima, the Chief Minister of the Transkei, to the great annoyance of the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and apparently weary of pressing his claims in the Minister’s office, making public demands for more rapid progress. These demands will undoubtedly become known to his own people, as I have no doubt he intended they should. They may easily grasp public imagination, as they have done in other states of Africa, and they may then present the Minister with very serious problems indeed. If this happens in one state it is bad enough, but this Minister has already taken powers to develop a number of states to the same stage of development as the Transkei. What is going to happen, Sir, when he is faced with public demands from a number of these states at the same time after they have got tired of talking to him in his office?

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

Will they make no demands under your policy?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

When the hon. the Minister of Community Development starts making interjections, then I know that I am making things difficult for the Government. There will undoubtedly be demands from a number of these states, one more impatient than the other, their leaders probably vying with each other to become the recognized leaders of the non-White people in South Africa. Sir, in the light of the reaction of the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development in this House last week when he dealt with that issue …

An HON. MEMBER:

He was shaken.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

… I want to say to the hon. the Prime Minister that I wonder whether that hon. Minister is really the man to carry out Government policy in this respect and to guide these people along the lines laid down in respect of the ideas of freedom which this Government is holding out for them. I know that the hon. the Prime Minister said that he is prepared to discuss independence at any time with the government of any homeland which feels that it is ready for it. But, Sir, if the Prime Minister said that, why did the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development get so excited? That statement from the hon. the Prime Minister may prove to be a safety valve, but it may also implant ideas of independence prematurely into the minds of non-White leaders. History has proved that when a government refuses the demands of impatient political leaders in countries fired by the idea of political freedom, then a growing hostility develops between that country and those trying to limit it in any way. It can lead to disastrous consequences. We saw it in Ghana and we saw it in Kenya. We know now that there are other leaders of the non-White people making demands here in South Africa. One has said that his people could not in the jet age be expected to progress towards independence at the rate of the ox-wagon. It seems to me that if the hon. the Prime Minister stays in power with his policies and with this Minister, then we face the prospect of developing confrontations, possible conflicts and even a series of U.D.I.s from these emergent African states, which could have disastrous results for the entire South African community. [Time expired.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition touched upon half a dozen matters in his speech. I think that, for the sake of a fruitful discussion, we must not discuss these matters at random. I think we must discuss and dispose of these matters one after the other, and after we have disposed of one, we can go on to the next. I prefer it this way, and the hon. the Leader of the Opposition will understand that I prefer that sequence.

I just want to say in passing that it is interesting that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition referred to an interview I had with a British journalist. He discussed petty apartheid, a matter on which I should very much like to have a debate and which I will subsequently debate under this Vote …

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

A debate on something that does not exist?

•The PRIME MINISTER:

I shall also have something to say to the hon. member for Yeoville if he accepts the leadership of the hon. member for Bezuidenhout. Sir, I was saying that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition referred to petty apartheid. In the same breath he referred to an interview I had had with a British journalist. He chose one example, i.e. the restaurant example, and charged me with not having done South Africa a service. I want to ask the hon. the Leader of the Opposition whether I was correct in concluding from the way in which he set out the matter that the reproach he levelled at me was related to the fact that it is traditional in South Africa—and I could not conceal this from the British journalist because everyone in South Africa is aware of it—that there are White restaurants for Whites and non-White restaurants for non-Whites. I now want to put this specific question to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition across the floor of this House: Since he spoke of petty apartheid, which should be done away with otherwise I am not doing South Africa a service, does he regard the fact that there are separate restaurants for Whites and non-Whites in South Africa as petty apartheid which should be done away with? [Interjections.! In other words, I must understand from the hon. the Leader of the Opposition that he agrees with me that it is a good and correct practice that there should be separate restaurants for Whites and non-Whites. Is that correct?

*An. HON. MEMBER:

Reply! (Interjections.]

•Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I shall reply.

•The PRIME MINISTER: Mr. Chairman, this is to my mind a cardinal question. My standpoint is that it is a good and correct practice that there should be separate restaurants. It is important to me, since the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has levelled this reproach at me, to know what the standpoint of the Opposition in this regard is, because if the Opposition tells me—and I mean this very seriously: “Look, we agree with you that this should be the case; it is the right thing,” then I shall not take this argument any further; then it will be senseless to take it further. But if the Opposition tells me, “No, you are wrong; you are doing South Africa an injustice; you are harming South Africa abroad because you are saying and doing this,” then we can discuss it to some avail across the floor of this House.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

That is not my point at all. [Interjections.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I think in all honesty that the hon. the Leader of the Opposition, since he quoted the example and since the British newspaper has now published an article about it. has an obligation to South Africa, for this is our practice here, our rule and our law, to say whether or not he agrees with that, whether it is right or wrong. Perhaps the hon. the Whip will tell me whether it is right or wrong.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Why do you not deal with the point he made? [Interjections.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

It is very clear to me now. We are not dealing with a minor matter here. [Interjections.] We have here a matter which goes to the heart of population relationships, viz. that there are places of refreshment or restaurants in South Africa for Whites only, to which non-Whites are not admitted. This is an important and serious matter.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Dear me!

*The PRIME MINISTER:

If the hon. member for Yeoville says, “Dear me!” why does he not tell me then?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

That is not the point my hon. Leader raised at all.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I leave the matter at that.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I shall not leave it at that.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I should be very grateful if the hon. the Leader of the Opposition would rise to his feet and tell us what his standpoint is, for I not only stated my standpoint to the journalist, but have stated it again now in this House. I told the journalist that it is the practice and that it is law in South Africa now, although it was not law formerly. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition knows that it became law after certain incidents here in Cape Town. The journalist put it to me that their not being able to go to these restaurants was an insult to the non-Whites. I then put it to him that it was the position that there were restaurants to which only Whites could go and that there were restaurants to which only non-Whites could go.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Separate but equal, of course.

*The PRTME MINISTER:

It is not the State which provides restaurants, but private initiative. But allow me at once to say this: Where the State has erected new station buildings, as it did here in Cape Town, take a look at the type of facilities the State has made available for the non-Whites.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

And the J. G. Strydom Tower?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

And what about the Nico Malan Theatre?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

You can discuss that with me if you want to do so. If you have any charge to make against me in that connection, I shall reply to it. But I maintain that all the hon. the Leader of the Opposition does is to level reproaches. He merely lets it glimmer through that he is on the opposite side, but when you corner him to get him to say where he stands, you do not receive a reply from him.

But I would now prefer to deal immediately with the argument of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition and the charge against my colleague, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. The Leader of the Opposition put the question to me, and he insinuated, that the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration was not competent to handle the portfolio he holds. Let me tell the hon. the Leader of the Opposition that I regard Minister M. C. Botha as being eminently qualified to handle the portfolio held by him. It is my view, and I have personal knowledge of this, that he has over the years done extremely good work in this connection. I regard his handling of delicate race matters as being of the highest calibre. I believe that he is leading the different Bantu peoples, who have been entrusted to his care in his capacity as Minister, along the road of self-realization in a way which can only yield the best results for them and for South Africa. I believe that he is laying the foundations on which it will be possible to build self respecting, eventually prosperous states.

Mr. W. V. RAW:

He will make a good aspirant Prime Minister!

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I did not interrupt the hon. member’s Leader in that snide fashion when he was speaking. We are dealing with serious matters now, not with point-scoring matters about which jokes can be made.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition referred to the speech made by Kaiser Matanzima, the Chief Minister of the Transkei, at his party congress, and to the reaction to it in this House by the Minister of Bantu Administration. I do not want to repeat everything the Minister said when he participated in the debate here. I just want to emphasize once again that Chief Matanzima was speaking here as a politician before his political congress. The Minister made it very clear that he was opposed to the way in which this had been done, since he had held discussions with him. In spite of the fact that my hon. colleague made it clear, I again want to make it very clear here that it is stated in the Transkei Constitution Act, which was passed by this Parliament in 1963, that certain specified departments may be transferred to the Transkeian Government after discussions between that Government and this Government. What I am going to say here this afternoon about territory, applies not only to the Transkei, but also to all Bantu homelands. In the first place, I want to say in general that all the departments mentioned will of course eventually be transferred to the Transkei in terms of that Act and its provisions. This is stated in the Act, and they will be transferred as and when, after discussions, it is deemed to be practicable and practical to do so. Let there be no misunderstanding in regard to the intention of the Government in that connection. The hon. the Minister referred quite correctly to the fact that one of the departments mentioned is not mentioned in that Act at all, and is therefore entirely outside its ambit. This Government does not have the right to negotiate on that matter with the Transkeian Government, and the Transkeian Government cannot discuss it with this Government, because it is not mentioned in that Act. The Act will first have to be amended before that matter can be discussed. This is the question of defence. The plain truth of the matter is that there has never been a Republican Department of Defence in the Transkei. Consequently, even if it were stated in the Act, there is nothing to take over, because it has never been there. Even if it were there, and even if it could be argued that it was there, it would still not be relevant, because it is not stated in the enabling Act of 1963, and this Government is bound to the provisions of that Act. That is what I want to say in the first instance.

I want to make it very clear that it is the policy of the Government to make the administrations of those homelands conversant with all the departments which are mentioned and which they must eventually take over. There must be no doubt about that. We shall negotiate with them on that score as often as is necessary. The Minister also stated very clearly that in respect of some of the demands which were stated at that party congress, it has been announced in the Opening Address that these would be transferred, and that the others were still in the process of being discussed. Let us, for example, take a matter like postal services. Here we have to deal with an organization in which the services are so closely interwoven that one cannot simply sever them and then say: “Now you have your postal services, and we have ours.” Surely this is a matter in respect of which there must be long, protracted negotiations in order to make possible the smooth functioning of telephone calls, postal traffic and communications.

In that regard we have been reproached with, inter alia, doing nothing to do justice to the Bantu by way of allowing them to run the various departments, despite the fact that they have had self-government for years. If that were true, it would have been a charge of which I would have had to take notice. Consequently, immediately after the charge was made from the opposite side, I called for the figures in order to ascertain whether or not this was true. The reply I received was as follows: On 11th December, 1963, when self-government commenced in the Transkei, there were, as far as public servants are concerned, 2 446 posts. Of those posts 455 were occupied by Whites. In other words, as at that date they comprised 18,6 per cent of the total number of public servants of the Transkei. The present position is that, because expansion has taken place, there are 3 673 posts instead of 2 446, but the number of Whites has decreased from 455 to 292, that is, 7,9 per cent of the total number of servants as against the 18,6 per cent of 1963. This is the position as it has developed. That trend will continue. As the Black officials become available, they will be taken into those positions, for it is the policy of this Government that that entire Public Service shall eventually be Black. We are deliberately working towards this end. As far as I am concerned, the sooner we can achieve it, the better for us, because those Whites who are at present working there we need here in our own area. I therefore want to conclude the matter by saying that it is the Government’s policy, with due regard to good administration—and I want to emphasize the words “good administration”—to maintain close negotiations with these self-governing states in order to make transfer to them as soon as it is practicable. To round off the argument completely, I just want to say that everything which is authorized by that Act will in due course be given to them. It is their right. It has been promised to them, and they will receive it.

Then there is the question of territory. Mr. Chairman, territorial demands are as old as mankind itself. If Noah, in his time, had not been alone but had had a neighbour, even he would have had a territorial dispute with his neighbour. It remains in the nature of mankind to have problems in regard to territory. There are territorial problems throughout the world today. There is the territorial problem between Britain and Spain over Gibraltar. There is the territorial problem of the Falkland Islands as far as the Argentine is concerned. There are problems in regard to territory in the East, between India and Pakistan, as in various other parts of the world. We can also expect to have territorial problems here. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition and the country outside have the right, if territorial claims are being made, to ask me what my Government’s standpoint is. Then there must be no uncertainty as to what the Government’s standpoint is. Although that standpoint has been stated before, I want to make it very clear again here this afternoon. In the past various Acts were passed dealing with the matter of land. My hon. friend referred to the 1913 Act. There are other laws as well which preceded that. These laws eventually culminated in the 1936 Act. What did that Act provide in essence? In essence that Act provided that what at that stage was Black territory in terms of the various statutory provisions, would remain Black territory in future. It could not be touched. It had to remain in the possession of the Black people of South Africa. The Act further provided that territory which at that juncture was in the possession of the Whites, was in essence White land and could and had to remain their property. That territory is regarded as such. But the United Party, under the leadership of Gen. Hertzog and Gen. Smuts, gave the word of the White man, and embodied it in an Act of this Parliament, that 7¼ million morgen of land had still to be given to the Black people. Seven-and-a-quarter million morgen of land is, if my arithmetic is correct, approximately 17 million acres of land. I think I am correct if I state it in this way for the sake of those who calculate land area in acres. That Act stated that this 7½ million morgen of the land which belonged to the White people, would be transferred to the Black people at the cost of the Whites. This Government will keep the word which the White man gave by way of that Act, and the process of purchasing that 7¼ million morgen of land has continued from 1936 until today. This process will continue until the million morgen of land has been given. However, once that 7¼ million morgen of land has been given, then territorial demands, as far as this Government and I personally are concerned, will have been disposed of.

Mr. W. V. RAW:

So history ended in 1936.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

It is not only history that ended there, but it is also the promise of the White man to the Black man in South Africa. I have now made the Government’s policy in respect of that promise very clear. I would be interested in the hon. member’s view of the promise the United Party wants to make to the Black man. I have said this now, but it must also be very clearly understood that the 1936 Act did not only say that 7½ million morgen of land should be added. The Act went further in the Schedule and stipulated how much land had to be given in the various provinces. Thus the Act, for example, provided that the Transvaal had to give 4 306 643 morgen of land to the Black man.

*The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I think it was given in hectares.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Yes, I am speaking in terms of morgen, but in terms of the decimal system it has now been converted into hectares. This is applicable to the younger people, but not to us older people. I think we old people will just have to keep on talking in terms of morgen.

*Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

What are you talking about now?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I am talking to the young people on the opposite side now, young people like the hon. member, and consequently I am talking in terms of hectares. I repeat, therefore, that the obligation to give 4 306 643 hectares to the Black people was imposed on the Transvaal in terms of the Act. Of that land 3 679 441 hectares had in fact been purchased by December. 1970. That means, in other words, that 627 202 hectares of land are still outstanding in the Transvaal. This land will be added to the various Bantu homelands in the Transvaal. In the Free State the account has already been closed, because the land purchases in terms of that Act have already been disposed of. In terms of the Act the Cape Province had to give the Bantu 1 384 156 hectares of land, of which 739 474 hectares have already been given. This means therefore that there are still 644 682 hectares of land outstanding. In terms of the Act, Natal owes the Bantu 450 536 hectares, of which 383 164 hectares have already been given. This means that there are still 67 372 hectares of land outstanding in Natal. Just as in the case of the Transvaal, this outstanding land in the Cape Province will have to be allocated not only in the Eastern Cape, but there are other Bantu areas as well which also have to be taken into account when the outstanding land is allocated. In due course, as this land is purchased, these territorial claims will also be disposed of, just as they have been disposed of in the Free State. Of course, I am not talking now of any exchange of White spots here and Black spots there, because that is, as the hon. the Leader of the Opposition will understand, an entirely separate matter. But I want to make it very clear that it is the policy of this Government that we stand by the 1936 Act. We shall purchase that land and add it to those various Bantu areas, as has in fact been the case over the past decades.

I noted to my surprise that questions are now being asked in the outside world as to whether this problem which has now arisen as a result of Chief Matanzima’s speech and the Government’s reaction to it, entails a change in the homelands policy of the Government. I am surprised that these questions have been put to me. However, I want to furnish a specific reply to them today. No, it has brought no change whatsoever in the policy of the Government. The policy of the Government is to lead these Black states to independence. When I use the word “independence” I use it in the ordinary every-day sense of the word.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Sovereignty?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Yes, in the ordinary, every-day sense of the word.

*Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

As Blaar uses it?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

As Blaar or M. C. or anyone else uses it. There can be no doubt whatsoever about that now.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

Does that include defence?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Any independent country is free to create any department it wishes. But let me now tell that hon. member, who wants to make political propaganda out of this, something. Here we have the independent countries Lesotho, Botswana and Swaziland. Is the hon. member aware of the fact that they do not have departments of defence? They do not have departments of defence for the simple reason that there is no one they have to defend themselves against. They have no enemies. They are among the most fortunate people on earth, because they do not have to spend a cent of their Budgets on defence, because they have South Africa for their neighbour and they know that they have nothing to fear from South Africa. If they now put this question in regard to defence to me, it is an academic question which means absolutely nothing, because there will be no need for those people to have such departments. They will be the biggest fools in the world if they do so.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

Why then did Matanzima ask for it?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

That, the hon. member should go and ask him. I do not know, because it is not relevant. It is not stated in the Act.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Then he is one of the biggest fools one can find?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Let me put it this way now, even though the hon. member now wants to sow disaffection between Matanzima and me with the question he has asked. If Matanzima at this stage asks for a department of defence, and I were to see him tomorrow, I would tell him it is a foolish thing he wants to do, because it is a waste of money and something he does not need. I shall tell him this, and I have the courage of my convictions to do so.

A terrific fuss has now been made over what happened. Let me now inform hon. members, since the reproach has been levelled by my hon. friends opposite, particularly through the Press, that if we want to hold talks with independent States in Africa, why do we not, since charity begins at home, hold talks with our own people, that there has been more consultation with our own people during the past two/three years than in the entire period of South Africa’s existence. This has been made possible by my hon. friend here. I can inform hon. members that since Parliament began sitting, in January, up to the present time I have personally held very long consultations with Coloured Leaders, leaders not only of one party, but of all parties except the Labour Party. I have spent hours in consultation with them and I shall, when the occasion presents itself, report to the House on what happened there. I have also held long consultations with the leaders of the Tswana, the Ciskeian and Shangaan peoples—all of this since Parliament began sitting in January. There has never before been such close consultation as there is at present. I spoke very frankly to those leaders; I spoke to them as I speak in this House. Amongst other things, I said to them—and I want to say it to this House as well—that we will not always agree on all matters; it goes without saying that we are going to disagree, sometimes to a lesser and sometimes to a greater extent, sometimes even heatedly perhaps. But be that as it may, we will settle our differences by discussion around a table; we will settle them. Consequently I foresee that we will in fact have disagreements in future.

*Mr. H. MILLER:

But why was the hon. the Minister so angry about this the other day?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Oh please, Sir, that is the most arrant nonsense I have ever heard. After all, I was in the House myself and I heard what the hon. the Minister said. Surely to want to imply that the hon. the Minister swelled with anger is absolute nonsense, and the hon. member knows it. But I do not think we should occupy our time with trivialities of this nature when we are discussing an important matter. As I have said, there will be times when we will not see eye to eye with one another. There will be times when I will not see eye to eye with the Coloured leaders, when I will not see eye to eye with the Bantu leaders, and vice versa. After all, it is only human that this will be the case. I have no doubt that just as we will have the goodwill to iron out matters to the best of our ability despite the differences, they will also have that goodwill. Of course there will be times when they will ask for things I cannot give them. But then we will tell them frankly that we are sorry we cannot give them what they ask, for there is one thing they will always know—where they stand with this Government. However, there is one thing I foresee and against which I want to warn most seriously. In the past people like Mr. Tom Schwartz, Chief Matanzima and other non-White leaders who co-operated with us and who expressed their support to separate development, have been accused of being the stooges of the Government, as being inferior, as being individuals who do not represent their people, as being people of no significance and of whom no notice should be taken. But now, all of a sudden, the English Press as well as certain hon. members on the opposite side have realized that they must adopt a different tactic, that they can no longer accuse these people of being stooges, that they can no longer push these people to one side as being inferior, but that they must blow them up, that they must blow up every possible imagined grievance as much as they can to create the impression that a tremendous dispute is raging between the leaders of these non-White peoples and us.

Sir, I wish to warn as earnestly as I possibly can against this type of thing. If the leaders of the Coloured people and the Bantu are incited against the Whites, surely the consequences will not only affect this Government—surely they are going to affect every person in South Africa, including hon. members opposite; surely they are going to influence the entire future of South Africa; not only are the Whites going to be affected, but the non-Whites will also be affected to a tremendous extent. Sir, I wish with all the authority at my disposal to make an appeal here this afternoon to the editors of the English-language as well as the Afrikaans-language newspapers; I wish with all the authority at my disposal to make an appeal to the directors and chairmen of newspaper companies: “Let us differ on anything we want to differ on; let us foment disputes on all possible fronts; but in Heaven’s name let us not foment a dispute between White and non-White in this manner.” Sir, if that is done, it will be South Africa and the people of South Africa—both Whites and non-Whites—that will suffer. I have recently read articles in newspapers which made me shudder when I thought of the future. I am levelling no accusations at hon. members on the opposite side in this regard, but I am merely saying that I read articles in newspapers which made me shudder when I thought of the future of South Africa, if this pattern is going to be followed in the future. And if I try to do this in the same language and in the same way, you may blame me for it, because it will be wrong of me to do so. I regard the various leaders of the non-White peoples as the leaders of their respective peoples, and I am pleased—this does not apply only to the Black people, but also to the Coloured people—that there are now for the first time authoritative bodies with whom we can discuss matters and negotiate. Previously it was of course very difficult to hold discussions with the Coloured people because you had to talk to individuals, and the same applies to the Bantu, because you had to talk to individuals among them. Now, however, there are authoritative bodies with whom we can hold discussions. The fact of the matter is that there is continual consultation with those authoritative bodies, and that there will be continual consultation with them.

I want to conclude this part of my speech by saying, just by way of summary, that there will be times when we shall differ. But we shall debate those differences. Where we are able to accede to their requests, we shall do so, and where we cannot, we shall have the courage to tell them so. In that way we will lead them to self-realization and make them conversant with the way in which a country is governed in these days. When the time arrives for them to become fully independent, we shall, as the Act provides, come to this Parliament, after the negotiations between them and us have been concluded, and ask Parliament to set its seal on their independence by way of legislation. That is how we see the matter, Sir, and I want to tell you that the discussions I have held with the leaders— and I shall in the course of the year hold discussions with others—have given me a great deal of confidence in the future of South Africa. They have made me feel very confident that the relationships between these people and us will be favourable in future, for these people—I want to make this very clear—are not stooges of this Government. They are leaders in their own right. What is more, they are leaders who have the courage to say to me personally: “We differ with you on this point, and we differ with you on that.” They are not people who merely try to please me; they are people who state their case honestly and frankly as they see it, and I have a great deal of respect for people who act in such a manner. People who act in such a manner, are responsible people and are people to whom greater responsibility may be entrusted in the future. That, Sir, is my reply to the Leader of the Opposition as far as this aspect is concerned.

When we proceed in a moment to the question of the Coloured people, I should like to report to the House on my discussions with the Coloured leaders in regard to the liaison between this Parliament and the Coloured Persons Representative Council, which I said I would hold. But I think I have been speaking for long enough now.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

The hon. the Prime Minister, I am afraid, has misunderstood what I said to him. He knows that I am careful about what I say. I said: “I can assure the Prime Minister that their impact” (referring to petty apartheid) “on world news can be catastrophic for good relations with South Africa, as can some of the actions taken by this Government, actions which they regard as necessary.”

Sir, the hon. gentleman has spoken to me about social separation and the question of restaurants. Of course I believe that there should be separate restaurants for Europeans and non-Whites, perhaps for different groups of non-Whites. There is no worry about that. My complaint is a different one and that is, firstly, that the hon. gentleman said, “I am not aware that there can be any annoying elements in apartheid.” I can assure the hon. gentleman that there are a lot. Secondly, by his remark about restaurants he seemed to indicate that there were equal facilities for Whites and non-Whites, and nobody knows better than he does that there are not. [Interjections.] That is the implication. Sir, I want to go further. I believe it is right that there should be restaurants for Whites and restaurants for non-Whites, but I also believe that if we can entertain distinguished non-Whites from overseas in some of our best restaurants in South Africa then there should be facilities whereby a civilized White can entertain a civilized non-White in a restaurant in South Africa as well. It is high time something was done in that regard.

An. HON. MEMBER:

Where do you draw the line?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Where do you draw the line?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Surely you know there is no law against it.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Why did you kick up such a fuss about it then?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Sir, the hon. the Prime Minister is correct.

*Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

There is a law against it; what about the Group Areas Act?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Sir, perhaps I can help the hon. the Prime Minister. There were mixed restaurants in Cape Town in the past. There are at present restaurants and cafés in Cape Town where Whites sit down and where non-Whites are allowed to buy food from a hatch at the back, but they do not share the restaurant. I believe the difficulty is the question of what is defined as “occupation” under the Group Areas Act and the necessity of getting a permit if you want a restaurant where two groups of people of different colour may meet.

But, Sir, I want to come back to the hon. the Prime Minister’s reply to me that the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development objected to the manner in which Chief Kaiser Matanzima made his request. We objected to the manner in which the Minister replied and we think that if he is going to go on replying in that manner, he is going to do the very harm to those non-White leaders which the hon. the Prime Minister has been appealing to us not to do. And do not tell me that the method was wrong, because the councils concerned have no power over these departments at the moment. The hon. gentleman knows very well that they can negotiate for a new law. There is nothing to stop that; they would be the body to do so. Our provincial councils continually talk about things over which they have no control. The Prime Minister has said that any Bantu authority which thinks that it is ready for independence can negotiate with him on the subject, and I am glad he said that because that is the right approach. I am glad also that the hon. the Prime Minister has made it clear that independence means unqualified independence, because there have been suggestions from certain of his Ministers, by the things they have said …

The PRIME MINISTER:

That is not so.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

… that what some of them envisaged was a negotiated independence, something less than full independence. But I am grateful that the hon. the Prime Minister says that that is not so. I accept that unequivocally. That is what I hoped would be the position.

But I wish to raise a further matter concerning the relationships with the emergent Bantu homelands. I have raised the matter in regard to this question of the control of the time-table, and, with great respect, the hon. the Prime Minister has told me that he would be prepared to negotiate and he would be prepared to say “No” if he does not think the time has come. Sir, he knows as well as I do that that was the exact attitude of the metropolitan powers in Africa. They were prepared to negotiate and they were prepared to say “No”, but time and again they had to give in before they thought that the time had come, because of the difficulties and troubles that were caused them by people in demanding independence and led by promises, and sometimes irresponsible promises, to think that that independence was closer than the metropolitan powers meant it to be.

I want to raise a further matter with the hon. the Prime Minister concerning the homelands. That is that unless the entire South African economy maintains a certain minimum growth rate, we are going to be faced with non-White unemployment. I say that with a full sense of responsibility, because I know there has recently been a statement by Dr. Jan Hupkes, the manager of Federale Volksbeleggings who for years participated in the Stellenbosch economic surveys, in which he pointed out that with the present growth rate in South Africa the White labour force would not be sufficient to sustain the growth even with 30 000 immigrants a year, and that 156 000 non-Whites would remain jobless. He went on to say that even if all new entrants into the White labour market were to join industry and the services, and the economy slowed down to a growth rate of 5 per cent, the White labour market would remain very tight and the number of jobless non-Whites would increase by 11 000 a year. He said that job opportunities would have to be created for non-Whites, but added that the capital cost of creating one job opportunity outside the existing industrialized areas amounted to R4 000. Starting with an initial backlog of 225 000 unemployed, this would mean a capital outlay of R1 000 million, and the White population would be required to service the brunt of this. This would put a tax burden on the White population which would be unacceptable and would destroy the principles of capitalism in South Africa. I doubt whether, after the Budget, we can maintain a growth rate of 5 per cent. I want to say to the hon. the Prime Minister that the consensus of economists whom it has been my privilege to canvas on the subject, is that the maximum rate will be 5 per cent and the probable rate in the region of 4 per cent.

The MINISTER OF FINANCE:

For when?

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

For the present growth year of 1971. If that is the situation, the hon. the Prime Minister is going to be faced with unemployment, which is going to lead to endorsing out of non-Whites from the Bantu urban townships to the homelands. I want to recall for the hon. gentleman’s benefit a speech by Mr. J. H. Liebenberg, Chairman of the “Ambagspersoneelvereniging van die Suid-Afrikaanse Spoorweë”, which was reported in this morning’s Burger. He warns today:

Die “afkoeling” van die ekonomie kan egter groot werkloosheid tot gevolg hê, met ernstige politieke en maatskaplike gevolge. Volgens mnr. Liebenberg is werkloosheid erger as die kommunisme. Dit kan lei tot oproer, geweldpleging en selfs pogings om van regerings ontslae te raak.

I raise this matter because it is of vital importance not only in regard to the Bantu in the reserves and our relations with them, but more particularly with regard to the urban Bantu living in our townships. In that regard I want to tell the hon. gentleman that why I have never liked his independent Bantustan policy, in so far as the homelands are concerned, is because of the dangers I believe are involved in them for the whole of South Africa. I believe that almost as dangerous to our security, is the corollary of that policy, namely the homelands policy in so far as it affects the Bantu in our urban areas. In that respect there is going to be an immediate effect on our economy. [Time expired.]

*Mr. R. F. BOTHA:

If I may be permitted to do so, I first just want to avail myself of this opportunity to convey my thanks to this House, and particularly to the Leader of the House, for the leave of absence granted to me to be in The Hague in connection with the South-West Africa case being heard before the International Court there.

It is very clear what is happening here for the umpteenth time. For the umpteenth time, and to one’s surprise, we are hearing of all sorts of fears, all sorts of problems and all sorts of objections in regard to certain facets of this Government’s policy. It is almost like a small dog continually barking and growling again, but when we come to the basic aspect of the two broad policies, we are nowhere told precisely what the consequences are going to be of what the Opposition advocates for South Africa and what its ultimate effect on Southern Africa is going to be. We do not find basic aspects of principle being tested. I do not think we on this side of the House ever try to pretend in South Africa or abroad, as is alleged, that there are no problems involved in our policy. In documents of which I am aware, we have explicitly stated that there are problems involved in our policy and that it is not a policy which is perfect in every respect. No state in the world can claim that it has a policy which is perfect in every respect and which will satisfy all people under all circumstances. Such a policy simply does not exist on this earth.

Let us now look at the attacks made on our policy this afternoon, and let us do so from the point of view that there would be dangers inherent in some of our Bantu homelands obtaining independence. In the first place, we are a country on the continent of Africa. Forty-one countries in Africa already have independence. In our midst or on our borders there are the countries the Prime Minister mentioned today, namely Lesotho, Botswana and Swaziland. I now want to put this specific question to the hon. members of the Opposition: In terms of their policy, how are they going to act towards these African states? What do they think they can achieve with a policy which was described to me more than a decade ago by an American diplomat as “that archaic policy”? Are they not aware of all the things that have happened abroad in this regard? The Charter of the United Nations, to which the United Party Government was a signatory, states as one of its main principles “the self-determination of peoples”. How does the United Party want to implement its policy in practice if it wants to grant eight representatives to the Bantu groups in this country? How is it going to apply that in practice? They merely talk about the imagined dangers of our policy, and then they think they will be able to make progress with their policy. Why do they not work out for us what the consequences of their policy would be? As I have said, we do, of course, have our problems. The Prime Minister, too, has again said that we may have problems and differences in connection with our Bantu homelands in future, but we shall try to settle these as well, as we have done in the past. But does the United Party think that in terms of its policy it has any hope of ever being able to give expression to the political and national aspirations of the Bantu national groups here in the Republic? How are they going to achieve this and what are they going to do if these groups are not content with the eight representatives or with the few senators to be added? What will their answer be then?

They are now deriving some joy from the fact that a few Bantu leaders have made certain statements in public, but to what extent would they be able to meet the demands of those leaders in terms of their policy? They would not be able to do so in one single respect. The entire basis and point of departure of their policy is rejected by all 41 states of Africa. If we are experiencing problems in conducting a dialogue with other African states, on what basis do they think they would be able to conduct such a dialogue? How would they be able to do so with their archaic policy in the light of the 1960 declaration on the granting of independence to peoples which were under colonial rule? We continually have to hear from that side of the House how much they would like to fall in with certain standards which are acceptable overseas. We continually have to hear that certain aspects of our policy are irritating to the world, but can they not see that the basis of their policy is not only irritating, but totally unacceptable and obsolete? Nonetheless, they persevere with this old, imperialistic idea which was thrown overboard long ago by the British themselves. Can they not appreciate certain basic things? I cannot put it more strikingly than a lady who has written a fair amount on South Africa, and who has not always been uncritical towards South Africa. She is Mrs. Elspeth Huxley, who, after certain events in Africa, stated categorically:

Multi-racialism is dead beyond hope of revival and there can be no sharing of power, only seizure of it.

We are continually being told that nobody overseas ever supports our policies, but I should like to read out the opinions of a few persons who have given some thought to these problems. One is Prof. Manning, who recently received an honorary doctorate in our country and who was a great admirer of Gen. Smuts. This is his opinion:

Where the irresponsible foreign onlooker has merely to insist that apartheid is morally wrong, the responsible South African has rather to ask himself whether there is any less immoral approach to South Africa’s problems.

And then the opinion of the journalist L. Beilby, who wrote the following in the Daily Telegraph of 24th November, 1964:

A simpleton can criticize apartheid, but it will take a very wise man to provide an alternative system which will work and which at the same time will improve the situation in South Africa.

I can read out similar conclusions ad nauseam from the opinions of people who have thought about this problem. It is easy to attack apartheid in certain minor facets of its application. Let me say today that there are individuals who suffer under our policy. Of course there are, but what is the alternative? Total chaos, disorder and catastrophe. We find the same position in other parts of the world as well, and not only where there is a White-and-Black situation. In Africa one finds situations of Black against Black. There are peoples who have different national aspirations, be it as a result of cultural differences, language differences or religious differences. There is Ireland, for example. We have it in Cyprus between Greeks and Turks. In Pakistan, the Eastern and Western parts, which shared the same religion, are now breaking away for other reasons. Can anyone tell me where on earth a policy of forced integration of people who do not want it, has ever succeeded? This afternoon we have again seen the fear of the Bantu homelands becoming independent. What is the only alternative? The only alternative would be forced integration in the Republic of South Africa in terms of which the national aspirations of different people would have to be satisfied.

I want to appeal to the hon. the Opposition to conduct a debate with us on these basic principles. Let us talk about differences in application. Let us talk about problems of application. We cannot shy away from that. We can discuss it. The hon. the Prime Minister did so very clearly here today. But when matters which irritate the outside world are discussed here, we must obtain more clarity. It may be true that certain things irritate the outside world, but I want to say to the hon. the Opposition with the greatest respect that their policy not only irritates the outside world, but is totally unacceptable and has no long-term ability ever to convince any fair thinker, neither in the outside world nor in this country.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. member for Wonderboom has accused this side of the House of wanting to force integration. Our one complaint has been that you cannot force integration by law as America is trying to do, in the same way as separation cannot be forced by law as this Government tries to do. We had our conventional segregation. It worked well. The trouble started when this Government started legislating for every possible meeting that can take place. That is why the troubles are now arising. That is why we get the objections to little apartheid.

The hon. member for Wonderboom also admits that there are causes for complaint and that everything is not going right. But he refers to these as hard cases. Well, hard cases make bad law. If there are so many hard cases, the laws should be altered to deal with those hard cases.

The hon. member also said that he is worried about whether overseas peoples will accept our policy.

Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

They will not.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

They will not, but our hon. Leader said earlier that we must be allowed to solve our own problems. The hon. the Prime Minister agreed with him. What we pointed out is that our trouble started when the late Dr. Verwoerd was forced by overseas opinion to change the traditional policy of this country. Our trouble started when the late Dr. Verwoerd bowed to overseas opinion and started this policy of separate development leading to independence.

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition initiated this debate by referring the hon. the Prime Minister to the strained relations which seem to be developing lately internally. We have had speeches of leaders of different race groups in which Government policy has been criticized. We have had leaders who have been regarded as sympathizers of the Government, who accepted the policy of separate development, but who are now criticizing the Government. The hon. the Prime Minister appealed to us not to “sweep die mense op”. We must not incite the different race groups against the Whites, because, he said, it would be just as bad for us as it will be for the Nationalist Party. It would be bad for all the Whites. I quite agree with him. It would be a scandalous thing to do. That is why we have a law to prevent this. There is a law which makes it an offence to build up hostility between the different races. But who is doing the “opsweping”? This is the criticism of my hon. Leader against the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development.

I am really surprised at the hon. the Prime Minister. The hon. the Prime Minister was here the other night when the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development replied to Chief Kaiser Matanzima. The Prime Minister suggests that there was nothing wrong in the reply. Chief Kaiser Matanzima has never come out in open criticism of the Government before. He has made his claims for these very portfolios before, as the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said, except in regard to defence. I remember once before when he asked for better treatment of the Transkeians living outside the Transkei. He did this when the late Dr. Verwoerd was Prime Minister. He did it in respect of the Bantu living in Soweto. He was fighting an election at that time and he told his people at Soweto not to come back to the Transkei because there was no work for them to do. He also said that they deserved better homes in Soweto and those people who live in Soweto, should own their homes. Dr. Verwoerd reprimanded him, and he said that he was not to poke his nose into matters that did not concern him. That was the first time we had criticism of Government policy. On this occasion Chief Kaiser Matanzima was addressing his congress. How did he start his address? I want to quote from his speech and I would like the hon. the Prime Minister to read his speech again. He said:

Congresses of political parties are held annually in order to exchange views and to discuss problems relating to party organization and party problems. My task this morning is to try to educate the members of our party on the functions of the Transkeian Government the problems facing them and their requirements.

Then he referred to resolutions which had been passed during the previous session of their Assembly. He pointed out that it was his duty to report what he had done about it. He said the resolutions passed by the Transkei Assembly were “for the transfer of departments still under the charge of the Republican Government to the Transkeian Government; and transfer of certain land from the Republic to the Transkei”. Then he said: “these are most important matters of policy” and he went on to deal with them. Those resolutions had been passed by the Assembly and he, as the leader of the party, was justified in telling his congress what had happened. He said then that he had made his requests, but the Government of the Republic had not acceded to these requests of his. Now the Minister of Bantu Administration gets up in the House and he says that he is surprised at the way in which Chief Kaiser asked for these things. Chief Kaiser, as I have said, had asked the Minister before for the transfer of this land and of the departments. He was reporting to his congress on what was happening. Now this Minister gets up here and makes his speech. I must say that when one reads Hansard it does not read too badly and Chief Kaiser Matanzima will probably not take exception in reading it, but had he been here to see the Minister’s behaviour he would certainly have taken exception. The Minister’s behaviour here was reminiscent of what has happened in UNO with Kruschev. Had the Minister of Justice not pulled down the Minister of Bantu Administration he would probably have ended up by taking off his shoe and hammering it on the table.

Mr. G. P. VAN DEN BERG:

It is not true.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

I did not say he did take off his shoe, but I said he was probably stopped from taking off his shoe. [Interjections.]

The CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

Yes, Mr. Chairman, I would like a chance to go on. The mere reaction of the hon. members on the other side shows the truth of what I am saying. To get back to the Prime Minister, I want to say that the Prime Minister, in dealing with Chief Kaiser Matanzima’s claims said that these departments for which he is asking are not included in the Constitution of the Transkei to be handed over.

The PRIME MINISTER:

I said one of the departments.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

Well, if I might say so, there is more than one, because the Department of Posts and Telegraphs is not included either, in addition to Defence. The point is if they are going to develop to independence, surely he is entitled to ask for these departments to be handed over to him.

The PRIME MINISTER:

Yes, he is entitled to do so.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

What I cannot understand is what is wrong with his asking. He tells his congress that he is asking for it and now I want to know what is wrong with it. Why should anybody take exception to what he did? If he is not going to get these departments, how is he eventually going to get his independence? Of course these departments have to be handed to him gradually. When the hon. the Prime Minister said that he was surprised to get the complaint from Chief Kaiser Matanzima that the Black civil servants are not taking over …

The PRIME MINISTER:

I did not refer to Matanzima at all. I referred to criticism on the opposite side when I gave the figures.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

The Prime Minister said Matanzima asked for …

The PRIME MINISTER:

I did not refer to Matanzima’s speech at all when I made that point.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

Well, I do not know who on this side complained that the positions were not being handed over.

The PRIME MINISTER:

I heard one of your members say that.

Mr. T. G. HUGHES:

What? We on this side did not complain that the civil servant posts were not being handed over. Nobody on this side complained about that. Chief Kaiser complained about one department in which posts has not been handed over and that was the Department of Posts and Telegraphs.

But now, what about the land? The Prime Minister spent some time in giving us the historical development of the handing over of land for African occupation. I moved a private member’s motion a few weeks ago on this very issue. I am sorry that the Prime Minister was not here to take part in that debate. Perhaps we would have got some sense from him, because we got nothing from the hon. the Deputy Minister. We know the law. We know what happened in 1913. We know what happened in 1936. We know the land that is still available. The Prime Minister pointed out that 600 000 hectare of land still has to be bought in the Cape. Now I want to ask the Prime Minister: Where is that land going to be bought? That was part of my motion. We, the public, everybody wants to know where is that land going to be bought. If there was certainty, if the Prime Minister and the Government would tell the country where the boundaries of the reserves are finally going to be, there would not be this type of complaint from Chief Kaiser Matanzima. I want to ask the Prime Minister: Is Chief Kaiser Matanzima of the Transkei going to get any portion of that 600 000 hectare? If so, where is he going to get it? I want to ask him whether he agrees with the hon. the Deputy Minister, Mr. Raubenheimer, who said at Kroon-stad that if Chief Kaiser Matanzima of the Transkei wants more land, they themselves must buy it. Now, where can they buy it? [Time expired.]

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

Mr.

Speaker, the hon. member for Transkei made mention here of the display by Kruschey of Russia, but I must tell you that his own display sometimes reminds me very strongly of the aforesaid Kruschev, except that it is a little poorer in many respects, particularly if one bears in mind all the allegations he makes here.

We listened here to the so-called question of petty apartheid. We heard the Leader of the Opposition saying that this petty apartheid is the very matter that makes it difficult for us to defend South Africa’s case abroad. But then the Opposition must tell us what measures they want to have abolished here in South Africa, measures which they claim constitute petty apartheid and give offence to the Coloured people of this country. We must basically correct this matter, these so-called petty apartheid stories that are being circulated. How can one claim that offence is given? What are the considerations in the establishment of these separate facilities for various colour and race groups in the country? The impression is being created that because provision is made for separate facilities for people, because there are certain entrances or platforms that may only be used by Whites, and others that may only be used by non-Whites, we thereby want to imply that the Whites are saying they are better than the non-Whites. That is not the truth. It is absolutely untrue. All these arrangements are aimed at specifically ensuring that the human dignity of the Coloureds is not encroached upon. These measures are specifically aimed at eliminating racial friction that may develop. This is specifically because we have respect for the Coloureds in this country. Our policy does not mean that the one race group is saying it is better than the other—not at all. Our entire policy is specifically aimed at recognizing the human dignity of the other race groups and not placing them in a humiliating position. The United Party must then tell us exactly which of those measures they want abolished. What do they want to replace them with in order to eliminate racial incidents?

*Mr. D. J. MARAIS:

Read Rapport.

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

At the moment I do not want to know what Rapport says. I am not arguing with Rapport at the moment. That hon. member must now stand up and say what measures we must remove from the Statute Book. He comes along here complaining all day with a pious face of the so-called humiliating measures this Government adopts. But in the course of my argument I want to prove that if there is any party which is sincere in respect of other race groups in this country, it is the National Party. It is the only policy which does full justice to the human dignity of the other race groups in this country. I want to prove to you that we are the only party prepared to give them full citizenship which they need not be ashamed of. But the Opposition wants to give them a quarter, an eighth, a fortieth of their citizenship in this country. They want to place the Coloured person in an inferior position in the politics of this country.

*Mr. D. J. MARAIS:

And the Coloureds?

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

We are now speaking about the Bantu and shall, in due course, come to the Coloureds. As soon as you are trapped as far as the Bantu are concerned, you jump around to the Coloureds. Let us first argue the case for the Bantu; then we shall argue the case for the Coloureds.

I just want to refer in passing to the argument of the hon. the Leader of the Opposition in connection with our growth rate. He says that with the slow growth that is expected, there will be a greater degree of unemployment in the country. I should like to point out to the hon. the Leader of the Opposition that South Africa’s economic development programme is planned on the basis of a growth rate of 5d per cent per annum. If we can maintain this we shall, by about 1980, have no unemployment among the non-Whites any more. However, what happened during this 1963 to 1969 period? We evidenced a growth rate of 6 per cent, and that meant that we could absorb an additional quarter of a million non-Whites into the economy. Hon. members opposite must not try to base a growth rate on the trend for one year, because this year we could evidence a growth rate of 3 per cent and next year one of 9 per cent. However, our planning aims at a 5.5 per cent growth rate, based on the population figures for 1960. Before the new figures are available, no-one can make a definite prediction.

There was talk here of the relationship between Whites and non-Whites, and of the road we are travelling. In the Daily News of Tuesday, 20th April, I read however, to my shock and amazement, that an hon. member of this House was so flagrantly irresponsible towards South Africa as to virtually advocate to the Transkei that they should make a unilateral declaration of independence. The hon. member put the words into their mouth. That is the way in which the hon. member wants to define race relations in this country. I am speaking here of the hon. member for Durban Point. Let us listen to what he says—

If you think of all the wars and troubles in history you will find that the majority has sprung from disputes over land and boundaries. Here is our Government deliberately creating a border dispute between the Transkei and ourselves. What do we do if the Transkei Parliament meets next year or the year after and declares U.D.I. and says: ‘You have said we can be independent; we now declare ourselves independent and apply to join the United Nations’. What must South Africa do? Do we send our troops in?

Is that the language that we as Whites must use while we are emancipating the various Bantu people in South Africa? This is absolutely flagrant agitation, irresponsible political action on your part. You say: “This Government creates a border dispute”. You say you recognize the Bantu homelands. In you election manifesto you say that you are going to develop those homelands. But where are those homelands? How are you going to define the borders of those homelands? You do after all, speak of Bantu homelands. The 1936 Act was passed through this Parliament by your party. That Act provides for the amount of land to be given to the Bantu. You now tell me how you are going to avoid a border dispute with Chief Matanzima? You will surely have to fix a border, not so? Or are you not going to do so? Are you not going to purchase the land that still has to be purchased?

*The DEPUTY CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member must address the Chair.

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

Mr. Chairman, the Opposition must tell me whether they are going to purchase that land allocated to the Bantu by the 1936 Act. Will the hon. member tell me whether they are going to comply with that obligation, keep the word of honour of the White man? Will the hon. member for Durban Point tell me? He has, after all, spoken about this matter in public.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

If you will take your seat, I shall answer your question now.

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

Will you keep the White man’s word—yes or no?

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

Mr. Chairman, if the hon. member will permit me, I shall answer his question now.

*The DEPUTY CHAIRMAN:

Order! Has the hon. member finished with his speech?

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

The hon. member is not prepared to tell me whether they are going to keep the word of honour of the White man or not. He only needs to answer “yes” or “no”. He may do so when the occasion presents itself. The difference between the United Party and the National Party is this. The argument in which we are enmeshed, according to the United Party, involves three districts in South Africa. Supposing the United Party were to come into power.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF AGRICULTURE:

Never!

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

They will give 14 million people eight representatives in this House to represent them, as against 166 representatives for 4 million Whites and six representatives for two million Coloureds. What are we then going to have agitation in South Africa about, and what are we going to be arguing about then? We shall have a rumpus every day, we shall have demands every day for proportionate representation in this Parliament, based on numbers. And if hon. members opposite want to be honest, the White man is going to lose … [Time expired.]

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

The hon. the Prime Minister has given his reply here this afternoon in a manner that suggests that he believes that his reply has satisfied everybody on this point. He said he stood by the 1936 legislation and that only land set aside by that legislation will go to the Bantu areas and that when those quotas have been filled, that will be the end of the matter. That is how I understood the hon. gentleman.

The PRIME MINISTER:

You understood me correctly.

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

He said this in answer to the claims made by Chief Kaiser Matanzima for certain additional areas of land to be added to the Transkei, land which, as Kaiser Matanzima specifically indicated, is certain White districts in Port St. Johns and in East Griqualand.

The PRIME MINISTER:

The reply has been given and that is “No”.

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

But why does the hon. the Prime Minister regard his answer as satisfying everybody? What has Kaiser Matanzima asked for? He has asked that certain named pieces of land be purchased in terms of the Native Trust and Land Act of 1936 and be added to the Transkei. In other words, all he has asked for is that those specific pieces of land be included in the quota and be bought as land additional to the Cape Province quota. What the hon. the Prime Minister has not said is whether he is against that land being purchased for the Transkei in terms of the 1936 Act.

Mr. L. LE GRANGE:

May I ask the hon. member a question?

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

No. On that point, Sir, the hon. the Prime Minister has remained silent. But what did the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration in contrast to the hon. the Prime Minister say a few nights ago, when he rose up in what we say was his wrath but apparently was his good humour, to deal with this claim by Kaiser Matanzima? The reply of the hon. the Minister was that historically this was White-owned land and that consequently it could not go to the Bantu of the Transkei under any circumstances. What then is the position? All land outside the presently scheduled Native areas is historically White land and, if what the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration says is the position, then no more purchases can be made in terms of the 1936 Act. Then there is the explanation of the hon. the Prime Minister … I am sorry, Sir, that the hon. the Prime Minister should choose this moment to walk out … [Interjections.] I beg your pardon, Sir; I see he is merely changing his position in the House. [Interjections.] Sir, what is the difficulty in regard to this question? From what does it arise? It arises from the promises made by the late Dr. Verwoerd, promises which were never defined, but which were clear in their principle, that the land which was historically Bantu land should be returned to the Bantu. That was the basis of his very philosophy, and ever since he made that statement, Sir, we have had it in all sorts of circles that there has to be a large-scale re-allocation of land to bring about this principle in practice, principally in the question of consolidation. Sir, you get it from all sorts of quarters; you get it from diplomats to whom you talk; you get it from commissioners-general through devious routes; you get it from Bantu leaders through devious routes. One reads it in journals like Woord en Daad, a journal which so far as I know, stands wholeheartedly behind the Prime Minister’s policy, saying not only that consolidation is imperative but making statements of this kind—and here I refer to Woord en Daad of March, 1971—

Benewens hierdie swart kolle is daar ook wit kolle in die huidige of eventuele Bantoetuislande, soos by. Richardsbaai in Natal en selfs Oos-Londen in Kaap-land.

Sir, what could be clearer in the view of the authors of a document of this kind than that they regard areas of that kind —Richard’s Bay and East London—as being in the existing or eventual Bantu homelands? Sir, this very problem has arisen because what the hon. member for Transskei claimed earlier has never been done. There has never been the slightest clarity from hon. gentlemen opposite as to what their intentions are, either in regard to fulfilling the requirements of the 1936 legislation or to fulfilling the philosophy which was propounded by the late Dr. Verwoerd, or as to the manner and direction in which they propose to bring about this consolidation. Sir, consolidation is the key to the whole policy, and we have never had an indication from the hon. the Prime Minister or from any other Minister as to what the thinking of the Government is in this regard.

An. HON. MEMBER:

You have had it now.

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

Sir, we have had other statements made, and I would like to know whether they are still binding, to the effect that land purchased under the 1936 legislation would be purchased only in consultation with and with the agreement of the agricultural unions. Does that still stand?

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND EDUCATION:

Yes.

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

It is very nice to hear that. It means, I presume, that we will not have a repetition of Umzimkulu, where written assurances that that area would perpetually remain a White area were simply brushed aside when the time came, and which is now a part of the Transkei. Sir, what is the position so far as State land is concerned? Is the position that the quotas will be made up from State land first and that only thereafter private land is to be taken over, or is State land to be used up in the process of consolidation on the basis of creating viable Bantu states? This is another aspect upon which we require clarity. Sir, it serves no purpose whatsoever for the hon. the Prime Minister simply to say blandly, “1 stand by the 1936 legislation” because it is the manner in which that legislation is going to be executed, put into effect, that is the crux in the whole problem, because, Sir, if you stand by a policy whereby the Bantu areas are to remain part of South Africa, then it matters not that the land which is purchased or the State land which is allocated towards the quotas under the 1936 legislation are in consolidated areas. That land can be bought anywhere under the policy of the United Party, but under the policy of this Government, if they are sincere in what they say—and there have been many people who have believed that they are sincere—consolidation is of the very essence of the exercise, and you simply cannot accept such land as is available from the White community if you are to bring about consolidation. Indeed, Sir, nothing appears more clearly than that from the replies to the questions put by the hon. member for Pinelands to the hon. the Minister the other day, when it was apparently said by the hon. the Minister that the preparation and exhibition of a map to give the public clarity on this point was regarded as quite unnecessary. As I have said, Sir, the difference comes from the basic difference in approach, the basic difference in policy and principle between this side of the House and that side of the House. The 1936 legislation was conceived when the Government, the National Party, believed that the Native areas would remain part of South Africa, as did everybody then in public life in this country. It is only when you approach the problem from a policy of that kind, as we do. that the 1936 legislation can be implemented to the satisfaction of both Whites and Bantu. But, Sir, when you adopt the philosophy that you stand for the creation of independent states, which necessarily means a large degree of consolidation, then the 1936 Act can be used as a measure of considerable hardship against the White community. Sir, that is the fear that we have, and it is of no consequence for the hon. the Prime Minister to say, “I stand by the 1936 legislation and when those quotas are fulfilled, that will be the end of the matter”, nor is it an answer to Chief Kaiser Matanzima, when he claims certain specified White areas, simply to say, “I stand by the 1936 legislation”. [Time expired.]

*Mr. H. D. K. VAN DER MERWE:

Last week I was also present in the House when the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development made his reply. I also listened to the reaction from the Opposition last week, and I have listened to their reaction today, and I must tell you, Sir, that I gain the impression that the United Party is on the run. The United Party is panic-stricken. Sir, I remember very well my first year as a student in 1952, three or four years after the National Party came into power. From that time onwards students, particularly students of Bantu Administration and Social Anthropology made a very thorough study of the evolvement of the policy as stated by the National Party, and today I want to tell you very frankly that as the years roll along no person with a proper knowledge of the problematics of the South African population situation has any doubt in his heart about the success being achieved by the National Party year after year in the direction and the course it wants to travel. The United Party now finds itself in an almost impossible situation, having said for more than 20 years that the National Party is dishonest, insincere and impractical in the implementation of its policy, only to find out now that the National Party is, in fact, correct, and that is why I am sorry for an hon. member such as the hon. member for Zululand. From my knowledge of the hon. member in the House, he is a man with very strong arguments about matters, and it amazes me that today even he, in his criticism of the National Party, was arguing from the point of view that the National Party is, to a large extent, succeeding with its policy. That is why they come along today with quotations from scholars in the clerical, cultural and university spheres who have, here and there, points of criticism and who ask questions because they want to obtain clarity. They quote those people, not to Drove that the National Party’s policy is failing, but specifically to prove that the National Party’s policy is succeeding.

Mr. Chairman, I just want to say a few words about the manifestation or phenomenon of Japie Basson in South African politics. It is very interesting to follow the political history of the hon. member for Bezuidenhout. I am sorry that he is not here today; he may perhaps read what I have said here at a later stage. He is an interesting man, this hon. member for Bezuidenhout, who has changed his political ties several times during the past 20 or 30 years. I want to come to him, because he is the man who chiefly speaks of the so-called situation of conscience, the so-called social conscience, those things which a people must come to grips with if it feels them to be wrong … [Interjections.] The Cape Argus of 1960 stated—

Japie Basson, leader of the National Union, is a man worth watching. He will be 42 in July, which is young in politics. Japie emphasizes that we need a change of Government in order to restore confidence.

These are predictions the hon. gentleman made here years ago, and in the meantime he has held a variety of opinions. He even said the following at the time of the United Party (Hansard, 1959, column 9496)—

On the other hand there is the policy of the Leader of the Opposition …

He now contrasts this with the policy of the National Party—

… who wants to maintain a unified state, who, if I understand him correctly, wants to deal with our racial problems on a less planned basis, and who, in implementing this policy, will hope for the best, as regards the future.

That is what the hon. member for Bezuidenhout said 10 years ago of that side of the House. At the beginning of the year the hon. member came along here with the so-called “minor apartheid”. I see that the hon. member for Bezuidenhout has returned. Then the hon. the Prime Minister argued with him, and it was very clear in the House that the hon. member for Bezuidenhout and the hon. the Leader of the Opposition differed in respect of what petty apartheid really is. The Leader of the Opposition rejected the hon. member for Bezuidenhout’s standpoint.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

That is not so.

*Mr. H. D. K. VAN DER MERWE:

Well, he did not accept your definition in any case. Let me tell the hon. member for Bezuidenhout this. He is now an oldish man. He is no longer a man of 42. If he, a man with this background, lays down a definition, he must have given the matter some deep thought, if he has thought so deeply that he would go so far—and that is the point that I particularly want to make today—that he quoted the editor of the Burger. I now want to tell the hon. member for Bezuidenhout this. In recent years it has become customary for the Opposition, when they cannot always stick to a principle or a matter with sufficient determination, to be afraid to debate the matter in the House and then they hide behind Nationalists. The hon. member for Bezuidenhout has done so again.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

I just replied to the Minister of Labour.

*Mr. H. D. K. VAN DER MERWE:

No, the hon. member pushed Mr. Piet Cillié forward, and he wanted to ascribe the interpretation, which he applies, to Mr. Cillié, in the hope that people such as I whom the Sunday Times and hon. members opposite continually say are verkramp and allegedly members of the Hertzog group, will direct their attacks, based on principle, as the hon. the Prime Minister states it, at Mr. Cillié.

*Mr. J. D. DU P. BASSON:

I should like you to follow Mr. Cillié.

*Mr. H. D. K. VAN DER MERWE:

I wanted to tell you this: You will never succeed in that. The hon. members will never succeed in causing us, on the National Party side, to start fights with the people that they push forward. I want to quote the editor of the Burger himself where he settled accounts with you. He stated (translation)—

Mr. Japie Basson, M.P., is engaged in what seems to us quite a futile little matter of division about the term “petty apartheid”. There are sporadic debates about that in National ranks and now he wants to climb in and make trouble.

And I quite agree with that. You must come to the fore yourself and not push good Nationalists forward to receive the hidings that you should get. The editor concludes by stating—

We now invite Mr. Basson to indicate that as far as he is concerned there is no question of negative opportunism. He can now tell the country and the world exactly what petty apartheid he and his party want to destroy. He may do so in our columns. Our only request is that he should keep to the point.

Sir, I want to say that the hon. member for Bezuidenhout allows himself to be led by the so-called social conscience, which the younger generation in South Africa and in the world today must hear about very frequently. There is probably no party in the world that is as frequently admonished about testing its own conscience as specifically the National Party. The social conscience of the rest of the world at large emanates from liberal thought, while the social conscience of the National Party, as grounded in that White group having its origins in South Africa, rests on these two basic principles, i.e. its Christian religion and its pursuit of freedom. I can tell the House that I cannot think of any single party in the rest of the world, or any single Prime Minister who is led in his human relationships so faithfully and so sincerely by those basic principles which have given substance to his pattern of life. I want to tell you, Sir, that the youth of South Africa ought to be thankful that there is a party such as the National Party, with a Prime Minister like the one we have who, in the midst of the fierciest onslaughts in the world, in a country Which is a very explosive one and which accommodates the largest diversity of population groups, manages to be Prime Minister and maintain a position of leadership with the least population and racial difficulties one could have. [Time expired.]

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

I want to come back to this whole question of the land issue and the Bantustans. I do not think this has been sufficiently explored yet. I want to say at once that the 1936 Land Act was not designed to provide sufficient land for independent, viable Bantustans, let alone the point made by the hon. member for Zululand. This is an issue on which I and my colleagues in the Progressive Party have very basic differences of opinion with the United Party. We believe that whatever the reason was for the 1936 Act, the promise was made and the promise must be kept, and whether the Government has changed the basic idea of the 1936 Act or not, the promise was made that that amount of land, 174- million morgen, would eventually …

An. HON. MEMBER:

7½ million morgen.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

No, there were already 10 million morgen. Everybody forgets that. That was provided under the 1913 Land Act. There were 10 million morgen under the 1913 Land Act and a further 7½ million morgen, were added by the 1936 Act. That is what has to be carried out, whatever else happens regardless, because the White man cannot break his word in this regard. I say that not only must it be carried out, but if the Government has now gone further regarding the whole intention of the 1936 Act, something must be done to see that those Bantustans can in fact become viable. If the ethical background to the whole solution of apartheid has to be maintained, then it must be shown that those areas can be viable; otherwise the Whole thing falls to the ground. That is the point I make. I say the promise was made and the promise must be carried out. But the 1936 Act was never meant as a final quid pro quo to the Africans for the deprivation of all rights of citizenship in the White Republic of South Africa. The 1936 Act was partly a quid pro quo for the deprivation of the common roll rights of the Africans in the Cape in this House, and everybody has forgotten that. The 1936 Act has now become the raison d’être for the Government’s carrying out of independent Bantustans. It was not intended as that. If it is to become that, I say that the amount of land set aside is clearly not enough. If the Government intends to make this its ethical solution, of course more land is required. The 1936 Act was designed not only as a quid pro quo for the deprivation of franchise in this House, of the common roll rights of the Africans in the Cape, but it was also designed to preserve a certain amount of land for African occupation and African ownership, because it was realized that those areas were very quickly all being taken up by the Whites. This is the whole basis of it. We have changed it, and if we have changed it, we must make the necessary adaptations. This is why I say that the hon. the Minister for Bantu Administration should not have become so angery when he dealt with the demands of Chief Matanzima the other day. I have read his speech. Unfortunately I missed the delivery of it, although I came to the House in the last few moments. I could see that the hon. the Minister was purple with rage. That is how he looked to me anyway. [Interjections.] No, that hon. member is misunderstanding my words, but let me not be diverted. The hon. the Minister complains about the way in which the demands were made. In a way he has invented a nice, modern and more acceptable term for “cheeky”. There was a time when we talked of people being “cheeky” when they made such demands. Now the hon. the Minister, I am glad to see, has himself adopted more diplomatic language. I must tell the hon. the Prime Minister that these demands are going to come fast and furious.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

How do you know?

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Because it is as clear as can be for anyone who has a brain in his head. These demands are not only going to come from Chief Matanzima or Chief Buthelezi, but from each and everyone of the Territorial Authority heads. Chief Buthelezi has complained bitterly that more and more Zulus, the ex-labour tenants of Natal—400 000 of them I think he mentioned—were being pushed back into Zululand. No accommodation was made for them in Zululand, which was already eroded, over-populated and overstocked. So, these demands, as I have said, are going to go on coming. If I remember rightly, there are going to be eight independent Bantustans in the Republic of South Africa and eleven in South-West Africa. I see a sight, Sir: The hon. the Minister sitting in his laager in the Union Buildings, encircled by these demanding chiefs.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Me?

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Yes, you!

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

I am not in the Union Buildings at all.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Well, in that case let us change the venue. Let us make it the Bantu Administration Building in Pretoria. He will be encircled by demanding chiefs asking for what the Government has promised them.

Mr. D. J. L. NEL:

That is what you are hoping for.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

It is not what I am hoping for; it is what is going to happen, inevitably. I lay the blame for the development of Black power movements in South Africa, and Brown power movements in South Africa fairly and squarely at the feet of this Government, which has denied the Africans any rights of citizenship in one multi-racial South Africa and has given the Coloureds second-class citizenship in a multi-racial South Africa. [Interjections.] Mr. Chairman, may I please hear myself speak.

The DEPUTY CHAIRMAN:

Order!

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Thank you very much indeed, Sir.

An. HON. MEMBER:

You are talking nonsense.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Listen to my nonsense for ten minutes, that is all I ask of you. I lay the blame, as I have said, fairly and squarely at the feet of this Government. They have built up Black power. [Interjections.]

*The DEPUTY CHAIRMAN:

Order! Hon. members must give the hon. member a chance to deliver her speech.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Thank you, Sir. The Government has also built up Brown power by depriving Coloured people of rights as full citizens in a multi-racial South Africa, and Black power by promising Africans possible ultimate independence. That is what is happening. It has nothing to do with agitation, which is the old excuse of the Government. It is either the English-language Press, or Opposition members or it is me, “die agitators”, putting ideas into the heads of the non-White people. That allegation is an insult to the non-White people. It shows the utmost contempt for the non-White people. That allegation assumes that the Africans, Chief Matanzima and Chief Buthelezi, and that the Coloured people cannot think for themselves. The hon. the Prime Minister tells us he has had consultations, and in fact, more than have ever taken place in this country before, with Africans and with Coloured leaders I wonder if his idea of consultation is like that of the hon. the Minister for Bantu Administration. He said that he had had talks with Chief Matanzima, but he did most of the talking. I wonder whether, during these consultations that the Prime Minister has with African, Coloured and Indian leaders, he also does most of the talking as well. I wonder whether it is not a case of telling them rather than consulting them. That is, of course, one way of consulting them.

The Coloured Representative Council is also demonstrating that it is aware of the power that the government has put in its hands. It has become a very valuable forum for the expression of Coloured discontent. I sincerely hope that the hon. the Prime Minister is taking note of the speeches that have been made in the Coloured Representative Council. There have been demands for equal pay for equal work, with which I heartily agree, needless to say. There have been demands for free and compulsory education for their children, with which I heartily agree as well. I did not put those ideas into their heads. They actually thought of them themselves. Believe it or not, the Coloured people have brains and intelligence and they are able to think for themselves. They are now making the demands …

Mr. J. C. GREYLING:

I thought they were stooges?

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

No. they are not stupid. [Interjections.] The Government is stupid.

The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

You said they were stooges.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Stooges? Yes, but stooges can be clever. Good gracious me, stooges are clever because stooges know how to use the positions which they have attained. How very silly of the hon. the Minister! He should know that stooges can be very clever indeed. The hon. the Prime Minister ought to note that Mr. Tom Swartz (who is by no means a member of the Labour Party, with whom I gather he does not consult) has said sadly: “Whether Government policy is right or wrong, feasible or not, is not the point. The point is that the Government will carry it out regardless of protests.” That is a very sad statement from Mr. Tom Swartz. He realizes that these consultations do not mean a great deal.

The hon. the Prime Minister has made some silly statements in the past. Some of them were mentioned by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition today. I may say that I made exactly the same points during the no-Confidence debate, right at the beginning of the year. [Time expired.]

*Dr. W. D. KOTZÉ:

Mr. Chairman, today the Opposition gave a lot of attention to the Government’s policy in respect of homelands and the image this creates. I want to tell them: The fact that South Africa could succeed in creating its distinctive political composition, which has led to peaceful co-existence in the midst of the diversity of peoples living within its borders, can be regarded as one of the biggest political achievements of modern times. This is the true image of South Africa and it ought to be the prevailing image of South Africa abroad, and this also applies as far as the Opposition is concerned, if their intentions towards South Africa and its people are sincere.

South Africa is traditionally a multinational country. Thereby I do not only mean that there is a national difference between Whites and Blacks. The Black people of South Africa also consist of a diversity of peoples—irrefutably different traditionally, historically and politically. Each has its own language, its own culture and its own traditions. It is also very important to realize that they had no mutual or common desire to eradicate or destroy this perfectly established reality of separate nationhood. Any other concept of Black uniformity or of the existence of one nation consisting of 20 million people, is theoretical wishful thinking.

The fact that the hon. the Prime Minister and the Government must spend a lot of time and energy in eliminating ignorance abroad concerning this truth, I am able to understand, but what I cannot understand is that the Opposition—people living and dwelling here—purposely and deliberately ignore the truth of South Africa’s multi-nationality so that they can make political capital out of confusion abroad and local uncertainty about this fact.

Because this is our position, South Africa more than any other country in the world needs a Prime Minister and a Government that can lead it on the most difficult road imaginable as far as any peoples are concerned. South Africa is fortunate that it does, in fact, have such a Prime Minister and such a Government. That is why we in South Africa find a position of friendly and respectful difference between the various peoples living within its borders. This forms, inter alia, the cornerstone of our peaceful co-existence in contrast with the disturbances in other Western countries, in contrast with insurrection, civil war and chaos in countries of Africa who do not recognize the difference that exists between peoples.

Our position requires that all relationships in which South Africa is involved, on national and international level, be handled with the greatest measure of statesmanship and vision. I want to emphasize that no other country in the world is governed with as much ingenuity and efficiency as specifically South Africa in the exceptional position in which it finds itself and with its distinctive problems. For that I want to extend full credit and pay full tribute to the hon. the Prime Minister and the Government.

The hon. the Prime Minister and the Government carry the image abroad of what South Africa and its people have achieved in respect of peaceful co-existence. It ought to be a proud image for all whose intentions towards South Africa and its people are sincere. Why do I say this? I say it chiefly because the Opposition has, with so much enthusiasm, ranged itself on the side of South Africa’s enemies: the enemies in sport and politics, the enemies of peace and order, the enemies of morality, etc.

But I also say it because I want to draw a comparison between the manner in which the hon. the Prime Minister and the Government handles South Africa’s image and the way in which the Opposition does so, and the latter’s object in doing this.

An image of stability, of peace and order, which is in fact South Africa’s image, creates confidence in the Government, locally and abroad. But confidence in the Government, although it can only be to the benefit of every person living within South Africa’s borders, does not suit the Opposition. That is why we find the Opposition and the English Press trying to create an image of tension, of panic and even of chaos in South Africa. That is how they want our people to see South Africa’s image. That is also how they want countries abroad to see South Africa’s image. Why? There is only one reason for this, i.e. to create an uncomfortable feeling of uncertainty towards the Government. A pent-up rejection mania must be built up abroad against South Africa.

The Opposition works systematically at this distortion process of South Africa’s image so that they can then tell the people at large: Look at South Africa’s image under National Party rule. But what they do not tell the people is that they are the people who want to create that image; that they are the people who are working behind the scenes at a process of distorting South Africa’s image. What they also do not tell the people is that if they were to succeed in this process of distorting South Africa’s image, they do not have a hope of ever restoring it again, even if they were to come into power. What they do not tell the people either is that if sufficient unrest can be created in South Africa and sufficient hostility engineered from outside, it would mean the end of our peaceful and ordered society. That will be the result of this. But that is a result they apparently do not care two hoots about. Neither do they tell the people that the biggest struggle between the Government and the Opposition is not a matter of good administration and fair Government. They are powerless against that.

The essential struggle rages round the image of South Africa. The hon. the Prime Minister and the Government are constructing that image with calculation and competence, because a good image of South Africa which there in fact is, can only be to the benefit of every person, White and Black, living within the borders of South Africa. However, such an image does not suit the Opposition. That is why they are working with ceaseless bitterness against that image; with such bitterness that it almost borders on political derangement. They do so, so that unrest from within and hostility from outside can be raised to a clamour against South Africa. I now want to tell them that the eventual price for that will be too high for anyone in South Africa to pay. I can tell them that by those means they will destroy South Africa. That is why we shall leave the members of the Opposition in the hands of the people. The people will see through their dangerous game and they will not allow double-talking milksops without a policy to rule them, because they are intent on destroying South Africa for political gain.

These people put me in mind of a hit-and-run party. If they do not know what that means, I shall tell them. A hit-and-run accident takes place when a pedestrian is run down by a motorist and the motorist then tears off without summoning help. That is what this party is like. They attack the Government with hit-and-run methods and then they tear away without giving a reply or offering assistance with the problems they present. (Time expired.]

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Mr. Chairman, I feel that my hon. friend, the hon. member for Rissik must be feeling very strengthened this evening after the speech he has just heard from the hon. member for Odendaalrus. We on this side of the House miss the great friends we once had here, Oom Albert and Oom Jaap. We now feel that at least their mantles have fallen upon other members of this hon. House. The hon. member who has just sat down is standing right in line for the post which was reserved for the former member for Innesdal, Mr. Jaap Marais, who used to shake with bitterness when he looked at the United Party. He could not even address us in a peaceable kind of fashion. This hon. member is going exactly the same way, but he has not yet worked out a new speech in which to express it. We have heard the sentiments that he has expressed this evening already on a previous occasion. The hon. member for Rissik I think ought to be the last person to cast reflections on the hon. member for Bezuidenhout that he was a person who has belonged to several parties. My hon. friend was one of those who was freely rumoured as being a supporter of the more right-wing elements in the Nationalist Party. I was interested to hear him say this evening that he regarded this hysterical outburst of the hon. the Minister the other day as a fairly reasonable contribution to the debate. Those of us who remember the contributions made by the other members who were here, will understand how it might appear reasonable to that hon. member. To us, what happened here the other night, was a disgraceful exhibition and it was not the way in which the matter should have been handled. It was a case of the Government chickens coming home to roost. Here we have the same old story where the Government is trying to move the tree. Here we have the Chief Minister of a homeland, which is a creature of this Government. He is the creature of this hon. the Minister more than anybody else. He was simply speaking his mind. He just told his people that these are the sort of things which the Government has promised them and on which they now want action. The significance is the following. It is all very well for the hon. the Minister to tick him off, but the Chief Minister has now taken up an attitude and he has adopted a position from which he will never be able to retreat, because he cannot retreat without losing the faith of his own people. That is the spectre that looms over South Africa today, and that is the creature of that hon. Minister. It is even more significant than that, because we have had the statement of Chief Buthelezi of Zululand that he regarded this as an “admirable gesture” on the part of the Chief Minister of the Transkei. We have already had trouble in Natal, as the hon. member for Houghton had mentioned, with certain sections of the Zulu people. We had this trouble when we tried to clear up the squatters. The Chief Executive Officer of the Zululand Territorial Authority made the point that cattle are vital to the Zulu way of life. He made the demand on this Government that they should immediately fulfil the obligations imposed upon the White man in terms of the 1936 legislation. If there is one thing I want to do tonight, it is to say to the hon. the Prime Minister that under the administration of this Minister the whole process of the acquisition of ground in Natal to satisfy the legitimate requests of the Zulu people in terms of the 1936 legislation, is grinding to a halt. I want to say that the farming community in Natal at the outset adopted a most responsible attitude as far as this matter is concerned. The hon. the Deputy Minister just now said that, as far as they are concerned, the agreement with the Natal Agricultural Union would continue to operate. But what has happened, is that due to the absolute failure of this department to do anything, to take action and bring the matter to finality, the Agricultural Union has come to the stage where they are simply completely and absolutely frustrated.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

They have two big proposals from me which they are now considering.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

They are coming, but the last information that we had was that this Government were not even replying to the letters that were sent to them by the Natal Agricultural Union.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

You are talking rot.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

I am not talking rot. I checked this up very carefully indeed. There are five cases in Natal with regard to which this department has been dragging its heels. It is becoming serious. There are negotiations between the Natal Agricultural Union and the department over certain ground which is to be excised from the Bantu areas and certain other White farms made available for Bantu settlement, and the ground has been taken by the department in one case for the establishment of a township. But on the compensating ground which was to be excised and handed over to the White farming community, schools and buildings are now being erected as part of the Bantu location from which they were meant to be excised. With regard to the case of Loch Sloy at Estcourt, it was understood that there would be a certain number of farms taken by the department for a township to serve the township of Estcourt. This hon. Minister, however, returned to make a demand for more farms, in spite of the undertaking given by the previous Minister that that was all that was required in that area. I am informed that, when he was asked at that meeting—he can tell me whether I am right or not—at Estcourt why this had to take place, he merely said “times have changed”. I want to know how the farming community in Natal are supposed to go ahead and plan for their future. There are 29 Zulu areas, and if there is going to be any kind of a homeland, if it is going to be a meaningful area, there has to be some measure of consolidation. In the constituency of the hon. Minister of the Interior …

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

I am listening to you—go on.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

That is good. I am glad. I am certain I will have his support, because there are those two locations.

The MINISTER OF THE INTERIOR:

Your people are divided on Lodi Sloy. You know that.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

As regards the two locations at the head waters of the Drakensberg, there are ten farmers associations united in asking that they should be cleared up.

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Why did they not bring their compensatory land? They had five years to do so.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

If the hon. the Minister gets an offer of compensatory land, will he clear them up?

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

They did not bring it.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

If they bring the offer, will he clear them up?

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

We appointed a committee, and they did not bring any.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

I am asking the Minister a simple question. If he gets an offer of compensatory ground, will he accept it and clear up those locations?

The MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT:

Let them bring it.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

“Let them bring it”. That is the old story.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND EDUCATION:

How can he give an assurance if he does not know what the compensation is going to be?

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

The whole record of this department in negotiating with the Natal Agricultural Union has been, one of shilly-shallying, shuffling of papers and backing down on matters that they have undertaken to do. I say this is damaging the relationship between the Zulu people and the White farming community in Natal. The department cannot get away from it. It is primarily the responsibility of that hon. Minister. He was Deputy Minister. In Natal, in my own constituency, in the township of Mpendle, this thing was virtually settled some three years ago, but the whole matter gets thrown back into the melting pot and there are now people settling on ground which was under negotiations with the department, for which White farms have already been surrendered for Bantu settlement. Sir, it is no good the hon. the Minister muttering to himself as though he has some secret.

The MINISTER OF SPORT AND RECREATION:

This is the Prime Minister’s Vote.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Yes, this is the Prime Minister’s Vote, and I am accusing that hon. Minister of not doing his job. If there is one person to whom this should be said it is the hon. the Prime Minister.

The MINISTER OF SPORT AND RECREATION:

You just want to make a little bit of political capital.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Sir, that remark is worthy of the hon. the Minister of Sport; it is not worthy of anybody else.

The MINISTER OF SPORT AND RECREATION:

You had many years of experience.

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Sir, I want to say with tremendous emphasis that this attitude of the department is causing the most tremendous ill-feeling to build up. It has been said here before and I want to say again that there is one thing which scares me absolutely stiff and that is the possibility of a dispute arising over land. I have on a previous occasion in this House quoted three cases where revolutions against the White man have broken out over two things—land and freedom. Hon. members opposite believe that they are giving freedom to the Transkei and to the Zulu areas but, Sir, what about the land? Until this department takes this matter in hand and starts doing something about it I do not believe that the future of the White man in Natal can be regarded with any amount of certainty at all. ¡[Time expired.]

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND EDUCATION:

Sir, the almost boundless opportunism of the Opposition in regard to this question of land purchases, which could in fact be discussed to far better effect under the Vote of the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development than in this debate, came into sharp focus in this Committee this afternoon. I just want to remind hon. members on the opposite side side of the fact that a congress was held in Bloemfontein and that the United Party, at that congress, adopted the attitude that they were no longer in favour of land purchases under the 1936 Act; that they were no longer in favour of keeping a promise made by the White people to non-White peoples to purchase land under the Bantu Trust Act...

*Hon. MEMBERS:

That is not true.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

They were no longer prepared to be loyal to a promise they themselves had made, and what happened then? Then the hon. member for Houghton, who also laid a little egg here this afternoon which I shall come to in a moment, adopted the standpoint at that congress that the United Party could not adopt such an attitude, and then she and the Progressives broke away from the United Party. [Interjections.]

*Mr. CHAIRMAN:

Order!

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

Sir, if your shaft goes home, if you hit the target, that is the way hon. members on that side carry on.

*Dr. J. H. MOOLMAN:

It is your own members who are sitting there making the noise.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

I am just mentioning this as an example …

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

You are distorting.

*Mr. J. E. POTGIETER:

On a point of order, Sir, is the hon. member for Durban Point allowed to say that the hon. the Deputy Minister is distorting? It is unparliamentary.

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! Did the hon. member for Durban Point say that?

Mr. W. V. RAW:

Yes.

The CHAIRMAN:

The hon. member must withdraw it.

Mr. W. V. RAW:

I withdraw it.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

I am just mentioning this as an example of the almost boundless opportunism of the United Party. But, Sir, I now want to discuss another matter seriously. Last year during the sessions we had here, the major theme of the Opposition is attack on this side of the House was the collapse of apartheid. You will remember it, Sir. This session we have not yet heard one word about the collapse of apartheid. Why not? Thanks to this competent Minister, M. C. Botha, thanks to this dynamic third decade and thanks to the rapid political development of each of these Bantu homelands which are there for the entire South Africa to see, it has become quite impossible for the United Party to talk about the collapse of apartheid. It would be ridiculous to do so. Sir, another point I want to make is this.

An. HON. MEMBER:

Who do you not reply to the hon. member for Mooi River?

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

There is no one in this country who better illustrates how successful the policy of multinational development is being applied by the National Party Government than the Opposition. They are the people who are in reality proving to the country how successful apartheid and multinational development is being applied, and the fact that they have not said a word about the collapse of apartheid, which was such a slogan of theirs only last year, underlines the success of the application of the policy, with a powerful thick stroke. The third point I want to make is this: We on this side of the House are very fair and we do not take it amiss of anyone on that side of the House—including the hon. member for Houghton—if they rise to their feet here and make pleas in the interests of the Bantu peoples or in the interests of the Coloureds, or anything like that. This House is the place for it, and it is right that it should happen here. I even have a secret admiration for people who speak with conviction of the necessity of maintaining good relationships in South Africa, people who often take up the case of the so-called underdog here. I even have a secret admiration for that; it is a fine thing, and they are doing what is right; there is nothing wrong with it. But there is one thing which we on this side of the House despise, which is causing us in this country a great deal of unnecessary difficulty, and that is when a political party mars relationships in South Africa by using the non-Whites for no other purpose than personal political gain, and that is what the Opposition is doing. We take the strongest exception to that. Sir, the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has recently been so fond of issuing warnings. I want, in a very humble way this afternoon, to issue a warning to the Leader of the Opposition, as I did the other day to the hon. member for Houghton, arising out of what the hon. the Prime Minister said here this afternoon. We on this side are very sensitive to the importance and the necessity for good relationships between White and non-White. We want our policy to be carried out in a fair, decent and just manner. In my position I avail myself of every opportunity that comes my way to try to eliminate areas of friction and to try to nurture these good relationships, because it is essential that this be done. But what have we had from the Opposition very recently? We have had the most atrocious exploitation of the non-Whites in South Africa for no other purpose than to try to benefit the United Party, and to try to get rid of this Government.

*An. HON. MEMBER:

We shall see what the result in Witbank is.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER:

We take the strongest exception to that.

Sir, I now want to come to another point. The hon. member for Houghton also said here that the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development had supposedly been enraged. It is important to know why. Here we see again the atrocious opportunism of the United Party in regard to this matter of Kaiser Matanzima. Sir, the hon. Minister made it very very clear that he was not dissatisfied with the demands Matanzima made. Why should he be dissatisfied with them? All those things he asked for—they were not demands —are things he has asked for before. For us there was nothing new in this entire matter. The Minister took exception to the method which was used; he was not angry about it either. [Interjections.] Sir, I want to expose the atrocious opportunism of those hon. members in this House. For what happened? The hon. the Minister put his case here. He put it calmly and then the Minister became dissatisfied with the hon. member for Newton Park because he questioned the Minister’s word. Then the Minister told him he must not tell an untruth. That is what happened, but what are the hon. members on that side doing? While we are dealing here with Matanzima who made requests in a certain manner, those hon. members now want to make the outside world believe something which is not the truth, i.e. not that the Minister lost his temper because that hon. member did not want to accept his word, but that the Minister was supposedly dissatisfied with this Bantu leader. That I maintain is not fair, because what it amounts to is that that leader is being exploited for the benefit of other people, and that is not right.

I should like to come to a fifth point. We are leading these Bantu peoples to independence. We shall do this under all circumstances, and it is not the easiest process in the world. But now the United Party has a standpoint and a policy in respect of the urban Bantu. We also have one in respect of the urban Bantu, and I want to make this point this afternoon: If these people are being led to independence in the homelands and if the United Party’s policy in respect of the urban Bantu in White South Africa is applied, this United Party will be setting foot on the road leading to the sell-out of White South Africa. [Time expired.]

The CHAIRMAN:

Before I call on the next member, I want to say that I will not allow this choir practice to go on tonight.

Mr. J. O. N. THOMPSON:

The hon. the Deputy Minister made so many statements which need to be attacked and thrown back at him that I will have hardly any time to deal with my own speech if I deal only with that. But let me immediately say this. The highest duty that this side of the House owes to the country is to continue to expose this dangerous and reckless policy which the opposite side of the House embraced in a moment of impulse. We want to do so sufficiently to cause the scales to fall from people’s eyes and to enable them to see the truth of the matter. If hon. members opposite choose to describe that as a sweeping up of non-Whites in this country, then they have only themselves to blame and that language is completely inappropriate. I want to say that I think that where they felt it to be their duty in the past to effect a change of Government, we know how well they adopted the tactics which certainly helped them to succeed in their policy, the “swart gevaar” tactics. This is a matter which is commonly attributed to them and to them alone, and we reject with contempt any suggestion that this side of the House has done it or will do it. We will continue to do our duty in saving the people of South Africa before it is too late and, let us be quite frank, the hour is already very late.

The L. LE GRANGE:

What did the hon. member for Yeoville do the other day?

Mr. J. O. N. THOMPSON:

I do not want to deal with the question of the land purchases under the 1936 Act, except to say that a United Party Government will buy every morgen of land which was promised under the 1936 settlement and fulfil its promise to the complete utmost in that respect.

HON. MEMBERS:

Have you changed your policy?

Mr. J. O. N. THOMPSON:

The hon. the Deputy Minister appears to believe that this side no longer thinks that his policy has collapsed and is dead, and he advanced the fact that no one in this debate, or indeed in this session, had made mention of it. But only in winding up of the Budget debate on Monday the hon. member for Yeoville referred to this dying policy. In my own speech in the no-confidence debate I referred to this policy as being as dead as the dodo because our entire economy is based on Black labour. It is the conviction of every member on this side of the House that this policy is either dying or dead or stillborn. You can choose your own word.

I want to diverge once more to deal very briefly with a remark made by the hon. member for Wonderboom. The hon. member for Wonderboom said in this debate, and he has said previously, that the outside world completely rejects United Party policy. I want to make two points in that regard, firstly that this side of the House will be guided by its own conscience entirely in deciding its policy on this matter. But I want to say to him that some of the leading Western powers have in fact indicated an attitude to our policy which is far better than the attitude to their policy. I will merely give one illustration. When the British House of Commons was debating the withdrawal of South Africa from the Commonwealth, the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, Mr. Macmillan, after rejecting Government policy completely, said that there was a time in the days of those great generals, Gen. Botha and Gen. Smuts, when they had a vision to which they were moving gradually. He ended by saying that he was convinced that in the time that lay ahead that policy would again be followed. [Interjections.]

The hon. the Prime Minister made a very brave speech this afternoon—-a very impressive debating speech perhaps. He very bravely stated that his party’s policy was to move these Bantustans to complete sovereign independence and that they would have defence under their control. I agree that it all sounded extremely good, unless you look at the true criteria as to whether this policy is succeeding. I think you can sum up that speech, Sir, by saying that the hon. the Prime Minister, with great debating fervour, is pressing on regardless. Of course, when this policy was rashly adopted by the other side without any one of their congresses having first had it put to them, it was done on a certain basis of fact. Since that time everything that has happened has just washed that basis of fact away completely from underneath them. I have not time tonight to dwell upon it in any detail, but the population facts and figures and proportions upon which the hon. gentlemen opposite based their hopes have been completely smashed and they are going more and more down the drain as every day passes. The whole basis that they would be able to suck people back to the Bantustans by the work opportunities there, and that there would be fewer and fewer Bantu working in the White areas, has been smashed. They have surrendered and they are on the other path now.

But I want to refer tonight to a further one of the absolute basic requirements of this policy which has failed to be substantiated. I refer to the whole question that, except for the Transkei, the land of these areas is so broken and so unconsolidated that it is practically impossible to found a successful state upon it. Sir, my voice may fail me, but my arguments are sound. I have very little time left. To prove what I have said, I refer to the answer I was given by the hon. the Minister. He said that the territory of the Tswana people is made up of 19 separate pieces of land and the territory of the Zulu people of 29 pieces of land. There are only 67 000 ha. of land still to be bought in Natal. We have 29 Zulu pieces of land. [Interjections.] I will content myself with quoting an authority, whom they will respect in this regard. I give them the authority of Prof. J. H. Moolman. He is an absolute expert in this field. Referring to territories other than the Transkei, he said—

Die ander gebiede is so gebroke dat dit haas onmoontlik is om suksesvolle nasiestate daarop te bou en ons baat niks daarby deur dit te probeer ignoreer nie.

I will conclude by saying that the hon. the Prime Minister made a brave speech, but he did exactly what Prof. Moolman said he should not do, namely to ignore the fact that these areas for the ethnic groups provide no foundation for a true nation state.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I should like to dispose of this aspect of the debate before dinner, so that, as far as I am concerned, we can refer after dinner to the other aspects mentioned by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. In my reply to this part of the debate, I begin with the hon. the Leader of the Opposition. He expressed his concern at whether our growth will be such as to enable us to accommodate all the workers who have to be accommodated. That is of course a question which is important to all of us. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition stated it to be his conviction that we would not be able, from time to time, to maintain the growth this year. Anyone’s estimate or guess in regard to this matter is of course as good as that of the next. As far as I am concerned, I of course lean very heavily, not only on my hon. colleague on my right, but also on Dr. Riekert, the economic adviser, who has been dealing with these matters for many years now. Not only has he been dealing with these matters for many years, but it is his task, his calling and his work to associate closely with the experts on the entire economic front, to consult with them and to discuss with them plans for the future. Apart from that, we have the economic development programme, which affords a prospect of a certain growth rate. As far as that economic development programme is concerned, we have never said that we are going to grow to precisely such and such an extent every year, because it would be foolish to say that. We have never said that; it would be foolish to do so. What we can in fact say, is that, over a certain period of time, we regard a certain average growth as possible. Hon. members know that we divide it into periods of time, and up to now we have always been right. We are not alone in doing this. It is done throughout the world. With all due respect to my friend on the opposite side, I want to say that he is arguing incorrectly when he says that we are going to collapse because we are not going to maintain a certain growth rate this year.

In the first instance no one has furnished any proof that we are not going to achieve that growth rate this year, but suppose we do not succeed in doing so this year. Even if that is the case, it does not change the problem in any way. Take for example the period we have just gone through. In the past five years we have maintained a very sound average growth rate, which compares very favourably with that of any other comparable part of the world. If we take 1968, however, and concentrate solely on that, we will have to say that everything was a total failure, because in 1968 the growth rate was only 3,6 per cent. If one considered only 1968, one would have to say: “O dear! The whole world is going to collapse”. But immediately afterwards, in 1969, the growth rate was 6,9 per cent again, and in 1970 5,3 per cent. In other words, you cannot simply take one year and then say that we have succeeded or failed. Surely you must take the whole period into account. I have said that I lean on my hon. colleague here on my right, and on the economic adviser, and I, as a non-economist, but as a person with some common sense, am satisfied that our growth programme will run according to the estimates and that it will be satisfactory. I see no reason whatsoever why one should have to feel concerned about the future as far as this matter is concerned. In fact, it is by no means a foregone conclusion that in 1971 we shall not achieve the growth rate the hon. member has in mind. There is no one who can at this juncture say that we shall not achieve that growth rate. There are people with equal authority who say that we shall do so. However, even if we did not achieve it, one year is still not enough to base a judgment on, as the case of 1968 proves. An argument which the hon. the Leader of the Opposition mentioned was that the maximum before the Budget was 5 per cent, and that it is now 4 per cent after the Budget.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

No, that is not what I said.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

You said that it was probably 4 per cent. You said, “probably 4”. That is what I wrote down here.

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I said, “after the Budget we do not expect it to exceed a maximum of 5 per cent”.

The PRIME MINISTER:

“Probably 4?”

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Yes.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

That is precisely what I said. We speak the same language, Sir. I want, with all due respect, to say to my hon. friend that there is no proof whatsoever which points to that. While we are on this subject, my hon. friend ought to know by this time what reply you will receive if you bring six economists together and ask them: “What about the future?”

*Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I am glad you are the Minister.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

Yes. I now want to give the hon. member this advice: The best method is to select two for your purpose, two who are reliable, such as my hon. friend on my right, and Dr. Rieckert. [Interjections.]

The hon. member for Zululand and Pinelands presented a valid argument. I want to concede very clearly that they are right on that score. The argument they put forward was that there should be maximum consolidation. I agree wholeheartedly with them, particularly at this stage, because we no longer have very much land left in terms of the 1936 Act. I was pleased to learn from the hon. member for Pinelands that they still stand by the 1936 Act. I do not know what happened at Bloemfontein. I was not there. At that time listening-in was not yet all the rage. I therefore cannot tell the hon. member what happened there. I can only repeat what the hon. member for Houghton said in this House.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

But it was wrong.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

If it is a lie the hon. member on that side of the House decided in 1959 that they no longer adhered to that Act, then it is not I who am lying, but the hon. member for Houghton, because that is what she says in this House. Those hon. members must now sort out amongst themselves who is telling the truth and who is not telling the truth. I do not want to be the arbiter in this matter. In fact, I want nothing whatsoever to do with that family quarrel.

But, as I have said, the hon. members put forward a valid argument. They must accept it now when I say that they are not the only ones who are concerned about this. I personally am also concerned about it. The same applies to my colleague the hon. the Minister and his department. The simple reason for the concern in regard to this matter is the fact that we have little land, and that the maximum consolidation must be achieved with what we have. I now want to give hon. members the assurance that I devoted an entire day— and my days are not many—to looking into the question of the homeland areas with the hon. the Minister and the senior officials of his department. I was really impressed by the systematic approach and the dedication in respect of this matter and the realization that maximum consolidation must be brought about. I want to inform hon. members that active attention is being given to this matter. Hon members will hear more about this later because we are in earnest about achieving maximum consolidation.

The question of the Transkei has been raised. The hon. member is aware of the fact that the Transkei received a great deal of land. The Transkei is still to get those 26 towns with their commonages. I do not know precisely where these are, but I take it the hon. member for Transkei does. I am told that these towns, together with their commonages, comprise 50 000 morgen. This land, for example, will be transferred to the Transkei. I do not want to say here today, in respect of the remainder of the land, that the Transkei will receive so many morgen or that it will receive nothing. This is something which, from the nature of the case, I cannot tell hon. members under my Vote today. Hon. members will also understand that it is impossible to do so. I have already said in passing that there are other areas. The hon. member for Zululand has now taken amiss of me what I and the hon. member over there said about those three districts. Surely the hon. member can appreciate that the farmers are very sensitive about this. He as a Natalian ought to know, better than anyone else, how sensitive White farmers are about this matter. It is not only the Bantu who are sensitive about land, but the Whites as well. Surely he can appreciate now that stating the matter as it was stated must cause feelings to run high. It must stir up feelings. It is obvious that one will have to allay those feelings. That is all that has been done in this case. The reaction which followed was merely a reaction to the way in which this took place.

I listened to the hon. member for Houghton. She has said in the past that she and I have grown old together in this House …

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

You got older than I did.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

… but I have learnt something in this time. I want, in all humility, to ask the hon. member for Houghton where she is heading. What are the hon. member’s friends doing to South Africa?

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Trying to stop you.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

By speaking as she did here this afternoon of “Black power and Brown power movements”, she is forcing me to address a request to her. The hon. member has friends who are actively engaged in this kind of thing.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

My friends are from the Progressive Party and they do not do what you are insinuating they do.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I am saying the hon. member has friends who are engaged in this kind of thing. I take it—in fact, I now want to ask her to state—that she is not a supporter of “Black power” and “Brown power” in South Africa.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

No, I am not.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I am grateful to hear that from the hon. member. Now I want to ask her, who came to this House at the same time I did and who has grown old with me in this House, to do her best to discourage her friends from doing these things they are doing at the moment.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

May I ask what things you are referring to, because you know them and I do not?

*The PRIME MINISTER:

The hon. member knows very well what I mean in this regard.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

No, I do not know what your insinuations mean.

The PRIME MINISTER:

Then the hon. member went further and she referred to the discussions I had with the various groups, with the leaders, who came to see me. Let me give the hon. member the assurance that we have free discussions, that I do not dictate to them and that I do not tell them what to do. They are leaders and people in their own right; they think for themselves and they make no bones about the fact that they support the policy of separate development. They make no bones about that, but they have also told me, and that is what I like about them, that they will, whenever they differ with me, tell me so.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Do you take any notice of them?

The PRIME MINISTER:

Yes, I do take notice of people who are honest and sincere. I do take notice of people who do not have ulterior motives when they talk to me or when they talk in public or when they set about things.

Mrs. H. SUZMAN:

Say what you mean instead of insinuating.

*The PRIME MINISTER:

I think, according to my notes, that I have replied to all the matters raised by hon. members opposite in regard to this specific matter. I intend to proceed to another matter after dinner.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

I have listened with great interest to the hon. the Prime Minister and his advice to me to choose two reliable economists and base my calculations on them. I want to tell him that he and I are both old enough to remember the gold standard controversy and the differences there were between reliable economists as to what the situation was. I think that there are many of us who over the years have learned to get a consensus of opinion. I believe that if one gets a consensus of opinion of many of the leading economists in the country today, that opinion does not coincide with that of the Minister of Finance.

But what is the situation? Let us suppose that in 1971 we do drop to 4 per cent growth. Let us suppose that my advisers are right and we do drop to a 4 per cent growth. The hon. the Prime Minister says it does not matter in the long run, because you judge your growth over a period of time.

The PRIME MINISTER:

In 1963 it was just over 3 per cent.

Sir DE V1LLIERS GRAAFF:

Yes, Sir, but business is extremely sensitive. When there is a dropping off of that kind, people are put off. People become unemployed. People are looking for work. You get trouble with the non-Whites that you are endorsing back to the Bantu homelands. You have difficulty with your Bantu in the urban townships and in the reserves. Then what happens, is that you have to reflate the economy. Once you start reflating the economy, you are faced with all that that means—higher prices and labour problems once again. This is exactly one of my complaints against this Government, that we are circling around in a stop-start process. We are not getting on one line with adequate growth for South Africa to make the most of the assets available to us at the present time. I am worried about this position because of its effect, first of all, on the Bantu in the homelands, and secondly on the Bantu in our urban townships, which I want to deal with later, probably after dinner.

The hon. the Prime Minister said he is thinking of moving on to another subject. I believe there are still speakers who want to deal with the subject with which he has dealt before we move further on. I would suggest that perhaps we give them an opportunity before we take the matter any further.

The PRIME MINISTER:

We have lots of time.

Business suspended at 6.30 p.m. and resumed at 8.05 p.m.

Evening Sitting

Mr. W. V. RAW:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. the Prime Minister who is unfortunately not with us now …

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

He will be here in a minute.

Mr. W. V. RAW:

I know he will be here. The hon. the Prime Minister was a little premature in closing off the debate on something that is fundamental to the future of South African race relations. The hon. the Prime Minister wishes to end the discussion on what I believe is the absolute foundation of the whole of Nationalist party policy and one on which we have received no satisfactory answer throughout this afternoon’s debate.

I want to deal, firstly, with one point which the hon. the Prime Minister and the back-bencher from Lydenburg, I think, made. It is that of the question of the policy of the United Party in regard to the purchase of land for Bantu Reserves. The hon. the Prime Minister admitted this afternoon that as Prime Minister of South Africa he was unaware of a fundamental policy decision taken by the United Party and due to which a separate political party formed itself. Either the hon. the Prime Minister was unaware of that resolution or he pretended to be unaware of that resolution.

*Mr. P. T. C. DU PLESSIS:

On a point of order, Mr. Chairman, is the hon. member allowed to refer to me as the “backbencher” of Lydenburg, or should he refer to me as the hon. member for Lydenburg?

Mr. W. V. RAW:

Mr. Chairman, the United Party at its congress took a clear specific and unequivocal resolution, namely that we upheld, abided by and undertook to honour the 1936 pledge to buy 7½ million morgen of land for Bantu Reserves. That is point 1. Point 2 is that we refuse to support the purchase of any further land for the purpose of creating separate sovereign independent Black states. In other words, we are in favour and will honour the purchase of land to form part of South Africa, under the sovereignty of the South African Parliament, under the control of the South African Government and Parliament and with a common loyalty to South Africa. But we are not prepared to sell South Africa to foreign states. We will uphold the pledge to give to the Bantu for settlement as part of the structure of South Africa the land which was pledged to them. The hon. the Prime Minister ought to know that. If he does not I hope that I have added to his political education.

*I want to deal now with the second accusation levelled at us, i.e. that we are inciting the non-White leaders of South Africa. [Interjections.] There it comes. I want to refer here to the Hansards which are filled with the things said by the hon. the Minister and Deputy Minister and the hon. the Minister of Community Development and in which they quoted in this House speeches made by non-White leaders in order to prove to what extent their policy is accepted by the non-Whites. In other words, the Government is allowed to quote a non-White leader when it suits them. But if that same leader, the same person who has been quoted repeatedly by the hon. the Minister, says something they do not like, it is unpatriotic of us to refer those words back to the creators of those Bantu leaders.

†Sir, this is what the Prime Minister has not accepted and what he is trying to evade. The hon. the Prime Minister and his Government are the creators of the Bantu homelands whose leaders are today quoted by themselves when it suits them—and by us when they state things which we have warned against ever since this policy was adumbrated. I want to say finally and without any equivocation that the hon. the Prime Minister and the Government will not silence us when we quote issues which we believe could be a danger to the future of the whole of South Africa, White and non-White together. This is not “swart gevaar”; this is the future of the White man, the Black man and the Brown man at stake. We believe that the future of every population group is endangered by this impractical policy which this Government cannot carry out.

Mr. C. J. REINECKE:

Mr. Chairman, may I ask the hon. member a question?

Mr. W. V. RAW:

No, I am not prepared to answer a question by that hon. member who has refused on three occasions to answer questions of mine. The hon. the Prime Minister spoke this afternoon with deep feeling about consolidation, and I accept his sincerity. But the whole of the Bantustan policy flows from the Tomlinson Report, which came to the following conclusion on page 180, paragraph 13—

Save for a few blocks like the Transkei and Vendaland, the Bantu areas are so scattered that they form no foundation for community growth … This fragmentation can result in nothing else than a supplementary growth attached to the European community.

That was the finding of the Government’s own commission. They felt that as the Bantu homelands exist, without consolidation, they will be nothing but an extra appendage of the White areas.

The hon. the Prime Minister said that he spent a whole day of his life, one day of his life, one stolen day from his responsibilities, dealing with an issue fundamental to the whole political argument in South Africa. I hope he has looked at the map of Natal. Natal has 29 separate blocks and not one single town or village is more than five miles from Bantu Reserve areas. Sir, if you look at this map of Natal, you find that it is physically impossible, with the amount of land still available under the 1936 Act, to create anything less than seven or eight non-contiguous, unconnected blocks of Bantu areas. Now I think we are entitled to ask how you consolidate and form an independent state with that sort of scattered area. I have no time to quote the many appeals and the evidence produced by Bantu leaders that the promise to give back to them what was historically theirs is considered by them to be a promise to give what was theirs in history, and not what was there on a specific date in 1936.

The hon. the Prime Minister said today that he was prepared to give to these unconnected bits of land total independence. I interjected, and he confirmed that this would include defence, but he added: “Hulle sal gek wees”. His examples, his comparisons, were landlocked areas with no exit to the sea. They do not need defence forces. He is now giving or offering independence to the black areas on the White coast-land of South Africa, the east coast facing the Indian Ocean, and he says that they have no need of a defence force. Sir, I believe that we have the right to ask: “What is the strategic importance, what is the strategic meaning in terms of manpower, of money, of vehicles and of aircraft which will be needed to defend these Bantu independent states scattered along the coastline of South Africa from the very north to the south of our boundaries.” [Time expired.]

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

Sir, I listened attentively to the hon. member for Durban Point. This evening he again gave a wonderful demonstration here of how the United Party blows hot and cold when it comes to this very important matter. Sir, when it comes to the question of the acquisition of land so as to give those Bantu homelands the quota under the 1936 Act which the Whites of this country promised to them, we on this side adhere to it. But what happened here the other day? No less a person than the Leader of the Opposition levelled this accusation at the Government: “Look what is happening here; you want to give these people their own independent homelands, but only 13 per cent of the surface area of this country belongs to these people”. Hon. members of the Opposition object to the fact that we adhere to the 1936 Act. I want to allege that there are people sitting in the United Party tonight who agreed wholeheartedly with the hon. member for Houghton that more land than that 13 per cent which the Bantu own, should be purchased for the Bantu of South Africa. There are hon. gentlemen on that side who say that this is not enough land for the Bantu homelands.

*An HON. MEMBER:

The hon. member for Kensington as well.

*Another HON. MEMBER:

And so too, the hon. member for Hillbrow.

*Mr. C. J. S. WAINWRIGHT:

Who said so? May I ask a question?

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

That hon. member may as well sit down. I am not prepared to waste my time. The hon. member for Kensington is one of the people …

Mr. W. H. D. DEACON:

Will the hon. member please name the member on this side who said that?

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

The hon. member for Mooi River is another person who is not satisfied with this 13 per cent. I think the hon. member for Kensington is a kindred spirit of his. We are not afraid to state our standpoint. Before business was suspended the hon. the Prime Minister said that we must proceed to deal with another point; we did not run away. The hon. the Prime Minister is not afraid to take this debate further. We can argue about this subject for the full three days which have been set aside for this debate, but the United Party will run away from that, as the hon. member for Durban Point ran away from it this evening. We will have a subsequent opportunity to debate Bantu administration, and then we will challenge hon. members of the Opposition to state the policy of the United Party on this matter. No, the hon. member said that we accused them of inciting the non-Whites in South Africa, but if one has listened to the speeches made by those hon. members here recently and to the speeches made by them outside then they are discussing the working conditions of the non-Whites and things of that kind, is that not incitement? When they speak as the hon. member for Bezuidenhout spoke here, where he took exception to petty apartheid and that kind of thing, is that not putting words in the mouths of these people? When the hon. the Leader of the Opposition discusses grievances here which do not exist for these people, although he knows what the situation in South Africa is, i.e. that it is not the responsibility of this Government to create café’s and facilities of that nature for these people,—that must be done by private initiative—is that not putting words in their mouth? Sir, cannot that also be regarded as incitement?

Sir, the hon. member for Durban Point mentioned the Tomlinson report, but he was adept enough, as a sly politician, only to read out to us the findings of the Tomlinson commission.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

I have the White Paper here too.

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

Why· did the hon. member not go further and tell us what the recommendations of the Tomlinson commission were? They are recommendations with which we on this side are in full agreement; we agree that those areas should be consolidated. The hon. the Prime Minister went out of his way this afternoon to tell us how he had spent an entire day with the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development to get the whole picture of what must be done.

*Mr. J. O. N. THOMPSON:

After 16 years.

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

Sir, I am sorry that I do not have the figures here. The hon. member for Pinelands has said something about how we have been busy with this matter for 16 years here. Sir, we are not ashamed of the record of the National Party. We are not ashamed of what we have done to purchase land since 1948 in order to expand these areas according to the 1936 Act. The figures and the facts prove that the United Party Government, between 1936 and 1948, the time when they were in power, spent a minimal amount in purchasing additional land. Of the 7,25 morgen which had to be purchased, there are only plus-minus 1,3 million hectares which still have to be purchased, as the hon. the Prime Minister indicated here this afternoon. This is truly an achievement, an achievement under circumstances in which it was difficult to make capital funds available for the purchase of land. The hon. member knows very well that you cannot purchase a piece of land for the homelands with the same ease as you are able to walk into the O.K. Bazaars and buy a pound of sugar. Sir, very thorough preparatory work has to be done beforehand and inspections have to be made. I take my hat off to the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and his Department, and I want to mention with praise and appreciation what they have done since 1948 towards purchasing land. This is no easy matter. The most difficult matter to clinch, was in Natal. I want to inform the hon. member for Mooi River, who spoke here, that it was a difficult matter to clinch to get the Natal Agricultural Union to co-operate in making this land available. I want to say here this evening —and I am not ashamed to say this—that we can say with great praise and appreciation that the Natal Agricultural Union is today co-operating cordially with the Department to make land available for the consolidation of Zululand. Sir, we were afforded an opportunity of attending a few of those inspections. The hon. member for Mooi River was present in Weenen when we held the inspection there. That inspection which was held in Weenen, which the hon. member for Mooi River mentioned, took place with the most cordial co-operation of the farming community there. That community is supporting us in our attempt to solve this problem. The hon. member produced a map of Zululand here to indicate how fragmented it is. I want to agree wholeheartedly with him that it is difficult under such circumstances to declare a homeland, but these are not the last words on the matter. We are taking steps to consolidate Zululand.

*An. HON. MEMBER:

They are making our task more difficult.

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

We are doing that …

Mr. R. M. CADMAN:

You have not even started.

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

Oh, Sir, the hon. member is talking without his notes. He will have to be informed. He should be prepared to listen to the facts we are giving him here, and we shall give him all the facts here. We are working on this matter, but, as I have said, we are not merely buying a pound of sugar in the O.K. Bazaars; it is a complicated process and a lengthy procedure. The officials of the Department are people who have an extremely difficult task to perform, and in view of the manpower shortage in South Africa today, and particularly in this Department, I still take off my hat to them for what they are doing. [Time expired.]

*The PRIME MINISTER:

In the course of his half-hour and the other time he had the hon. the Leader of the Opposition raised various matters with me. I told him I would reply to these matters one by one, and consequently I am now going to proceed to another matter, since, as far as I am concerned, I have replied to all the other matters which he mentioned and which were raised on his side of the House. I want to touch upon another matter which I regard as being very urgent, and which I believe not only I regard as being urgent, but also all hon. members on both sides of the House will regard as being important, and which is worth discussing here.

The hon. the Leader rightly pointed out that in recent times relations with Britain had improved. I am in complete agreement with him.

†l completely agree with him where he said that relations with the United States had eased. Then he also referred to the African states, and that is the point I want to discuss now.

Hon. members will recall that previously in Parliament, I stated, referring to Zambia, that when my Vote comes up for discussion, I would take this opportunity to expose President Kaunda of Zambia as a double-talker, and that is in fact what I want to do tonight. I think it must be done, not only in the interests of South Africa, but also in the interests of Zambia, and I think it must be done also in the interests of Southern Africa and of Africa as a whole.

Ever since 1965 it was felt by the South African Government, by my late predecessor, that it was of the utmost importance for the peace and stability and the progress of Southern Africa that there should be a good understanding and cooperation between the states of Southern Africa. Because my predecessor felt that way he sent out feelers, as far as Zambia was concerned, in an effort to create a better understanding as between Zambia and South Africa. When I took over I was of the same opinion and I want to say tonight—and I think here I speak on behalf of my friends on the opposite side as well as on behalf of my friends on this side— that it is in fact very important that an understanding with Zambia should be arrived at if it is humanly possible to do so. We are all of Southern Africa; we are all of Africa; and as far as Zambia is concerned, it holds a key position in Southern Africa.

*I say I continued along that course, and to the best of my ability tried to induce Zambia to change its attitude and to make contact with this African state on a proper level. Eventually our attempts met with success, and in April, 1968, an envoy of the President of Zambia came to South Africa. He came here for two purposes: in the first instance, to ask for information and, in the second instance, to put to me Zambia’s charge, if I may put it that way, against South Africa. That was done by letter by President Kaunda. Consequently I am going to read out to the House certain quotations taken from that letter. It is a lengthy letter which deals with human rights and human dignity, etc., a general philosophy, but this is not relevant for the purposes of the debate this evening. What is in fact relevant for the purposes of this debate, is the charge which Zambia formulated against South Africa at that stage and the reasons why the relations between us were the way they were. In fact, he said to me—

You will therefore excuse me if I am too frank in this letter, if only to put my views as clearly as possible.

†Well, as far as I am concerned, Sir, I am a frank man myself and I do not mind anybody being frank with me. President Kaunda was in fact very frank in his letter and I was equally frank in my reply to him. This is the gravamen of his charge against South Africa—

However, I cannot pretend that relations between South Africa and Zambia today are easy to harmonize, since they are at about their lowest ebb. The South African Government has threatened to “hit Zambia so hard that they will not forget it”. Economic and military assistance has openly been given by the South African Government to the rebel régime in Rhodesia to sustain the latter in their bid to create conditions under which the minority will exercise unbridled control over the rights and well-being of the majority of human beings. It is clear that the objectives of the rebel régime in Rhodesia are a complete violation of all that is human in man. These factors, apart from the general attitude of the South African Government towards the African people, have been the root causes of the growing distance between the people of South Africa and of Zambia. Recent statements from South Africa have only confirmed the impressions about the offensive nature of the prejudices of the South African authorities against Africans, including African independent states.

After moralizing further, he said—

The present policy of the South African Government is certainly inconsistent with the Christian concept of brotherly understanding and co-operation.

As I have said, it is a long letter, but that is the gravamen of the charge levelled against South Africa by President Kaunda in very frank terms. In the letter he uses some harsh words.

I then replied to him and in my letter I was as frank as he had been. I want to quote relevant portions from my letter. I wrote back to him and said—

In the third paragraph of your letter under reply you state: “The South African Government has threatened to hit Zambia so hard that they will not forget it.” First of all, it was not a threat, but a plain statement of fact. In the second place, it is a half-truth, in that I stated very clearly …

If I may interrupt the quotation here, hon. members will recall that I made this speech at Rustenburg in 1967 after a threat by President Kaunda that he and his associates will do this, that and the other to South Africa. Hon. members and the Leader of the Opposition will remember that warlike speech he made against South Africa. In my letter I said—

In the second place, it is a half-truth, in that I stated very clearly that, if at any time Zambia were to attack South Africa, either alone or in collaboration with other African states, then we will hit Zambia so hard that she will never forget it.

Hon. members will appreciate that there is a vast difference between the accusations levelled at me and the actual words I used as a result of the threats that Zambia levelled against South Africa. I then went on to say:

You conveniently chose to omit the first part of my statement.

I went further and said to him—

It was of course necessary for me to issue this timely warning in view of the repeated statements by the representatives of Zambia in UNO and at the OAU conferences and elsewhere about the use of force against South Africa and the putting of Zambian territory at the disposal of terrorists who were trained by communists and others to murder South African citizens and to subvert the state of the Republic of South Africa. That, to say the least of it, is to play a very dangerous game, and you will do well to think it over very carefully. Your further assertion that recent statements from South Africa have only confirmed the impressions about the offensive nature of the prejudices of the South African authorities against Africans, including African independent states, is of course just not true. We are progressively leading our various Black nations to self-determination and independence and we have stated over and over again that we are and have always been prepared to co-operate with all countries, Black and White, on a basis of equality and that the differences in domestic policy are no bar to friendly co-operation. Firstly, it is pointed out that our policy of separate development is not a denial of human rights or values but, in fact, it means that we Whites wish—and that is our right—to maintain our identity as Whites, just as all decent Black people I know wish to maintain their identity as Blacks, with their language, culture and traditions. Secondly, the policy makes it possible to create, as we have created, opportunities for the various Black nations which never existed before and which were not possible under any other policy. Thirdly, our domestic policy is our concern and I do not expect you or any other leader to subscribe to it. In fact, to name only two, President Banda and Prime Minister Jonathan have both stated in public that they disagree with the policy and it certainly did not jeopardize the very friendly relations that exist between my country and theirs. Whilst on the subject I might add that I have often stated in public that the basic philosophy underlying the policy of separate development is not that we think we are better, richer or more developed than Black or any other people, but that we are different and that we, like all other nations, want to maintain that difference. Coming back to your country, we have never tried to tell you how to run your country except to express the wish that it should be well run in the interests of your people and in the interests of the stability of Southern Africa, in which we all have an acute interest. Like the people of Zambia, we are also of Africa, and being of Africa, we feel it our duty to put our technical skill, experience and knowledge at the disposal of African states who wish to make use of it. We do not believe in hand-outs, but rather in offering help in such a way that developing countries can with self-respect help themselves on the path of development. That also applies to Zambia, but let there be no misunderstanding. We are not prepared to buy friendship or co-operation. Although we would naturally rather have it than do without it, we are not prepared to sacrifice our principles. We seek co-operation with due recognition of each other’s sovereignty and without interference in each other’s affairs. The ball is therefore entirely in your court and I am prepared to play it the way you serve it. The fact that the relations between our respective countries are what they are, cannot be laid at our door, since it is none of our making, as you are well aware.
You have also seen fit to criticize our Rhodesian policy. Here again you failed to appreciate that with us it is a stand on principle that we will not be forced by anyone to take part in sanctions or boycotts against any country, be it Zambia or Rhodesia. Boycotts are wrong in principle and serve no purpose whatsoever. Nations, especially small nations, cannot ever concede the principle that big or other nations have the right to prescribe to them with whom they might or might not trade or have friendly relations. I am not aware that Rhodesia seeks to harm or to destroy Zambia, nor has Rhodesia, like South Africa, to my knowledge refused to co-operate with Zambia as an independent state on an equal footing. It might just therefore be worth your while to reconsider your attitude. As far as we are concerned, that is what South Africa is offering its neighbours and other states without any strings attached and without any desire or wish to meddle in their internal affairs or to prescribe their policy. On that basis all countries, including Zambia, will find South Africa willing to co-operate and to work for the common good of mankind.
We believe, however, that in the interest of all our peoples in our part of Africa the circle should be widened to include the whole sub-continent. You, Mr. President, heading the Government of Zambia, with its economic potential and political importance, hold the key to the extension of this co-operation to all countries in Southern Africa.

Hon. members will see that from his side it was a frank statement and that it was an equally frank statement from my side.

*Now, hon. members must remember what threats were levelled against South Africa. I have here with me a whole file filled with such threats, but I do not think it necessary for me to read them out here. There is not one single hon. member on that side of the House who does not know what threats were levelled against South Africa, who does not know that we in South Africa were called colonialists, that South Africa had to be boycotted, that South Africa had to be blockaded, in fact, that South Africa had to be squashed here on the southernmost tip of Africa. These threats were regularly levelled by Zambia. Then I received this astonishing letter from him in August, 1968, in reply to that very frank letter of mine—

It is not my intention to dwell on the points of difference clearly indicated in your letter, for I consider this would be futile. However, I would like to correct two impressions which I consider important. The first one relates to the first paragraph on page 2 of your letter in which you stated that “it was necessary for me to issue this timely warning in view of the repeated statements by representatives of Zambia in UNO and OAU conferences and elsewhere about the use of force against South Africa”.

Then he made this surprising statement—

With respect, it is just not true that Zambia has advocated the use of force against South Africa. We have always and ever since UDI made a clear distinction between the problem in Rhodesia and the problem in your country. I want to reaffirm the fact that at no time has my Government or its representatives advocated the use of force against South Africa. What is true, is that we have called for the use of force by Britain in Rhodesia to bring down the rebellious régime.

Hon. members should now listen to the following—

In actual fact, nobody, at least in this part of the world, had considered the question of lumping together South Africa with the rest of the minority régimes.

Then he goes on to say—

It is important to understand therefore that at no time have we considered that force is the answer in South Africa.

Then I shall omit other matters which are not of importance in this debate. He went on to say—

The discussions which we had with your Government officials and the subsequent information which I have been able to receive, have together confirmed our view, held for a long time, namely that the problem of South Africa is very different from that which obtains in Rhodesia or, indeed, in Angola or Mozambique.

I think I have now quoted sufficiently from that correspondence. Along with this letter, the courier who conveyed this letter, also conveyed a message to the effect that instead of continuing to write to each other, we should proceed to making further arrangements for a meeting between envoys. I was pleased at this being the case. I arranged for an envoy of mine to go to Zambia. That was after the first letter had been disposed of. An appointment was in fact arranged for 25th May, 1968, but just before that meeting was to take place, President Kaunda made a speech in Botswana in which he—and I am sure hon. members will remember that speech—publicly made very vicious remarks against South Africa. I then sent him word that I was astonished at the fact that he had requested me to send an envoy, that he had said he would not use force against South Africa and did not lump South Africa together with the “minority régimes”, but had done everything but that in the speech he had made in Botswana. I then told him that to my mind it was a waste of time to hold discussions under those circumstances. He subsequently informed me that I was not to take that speech too seriously, that it was intended for the consumption of other people and that we should proceed with the discussions in spite of that speech. I replied to him that under those circumstances I was prepared to proceed with the discussions, and, as he had requested, I sent a delegate of high standing to discuss matters with him. That appointment was honoured on 22nd June, 1968. and it followed on the correspondence that had taken place.

I now personally, not as a quotation from a letter, want to furnish hon. members with the charges levelled against South Africa. He said that his problem with South Africa was the following: (a) The South African Government’s policy of apartheid in general; (b) the fact that the South African Government supports the rebel Government in Rhodesia; (c) the fact that the South African Government refuses to respond to the United Nations’ resolution and appeals in regard to South-West Africa; (d) South Africa’s defence agreement with the two Portuguese territories and Rhodesia, and the fact that White Southern Africa is hostile to the Black African States; and (e) the South African Government’s policy in respect of its own Black people locally. My delegate discussed each of these objections with him, and reported back to me that he was able to satisfy the President of Zambia on every charge. He also told me that the president of Zambia had in fact told him that he understood very well the position prevailing in Southern Africa at present. In particular my delegate pointed out to him very clearly that we had no defence agreement whatsoever with Rhodesia and the Portuguese territories and that he was aware that this was in fact the case. Nevertheless, be that as it may, on that occasion he stated that he was satisfied with the replies he had received. On that occasion it was agreed that envoys would no longer be used, but that a personal meeting between President Kaunda and myself would take place. I had informed him that I was agreeable to such a meeting, that, for the sake of the interests of Southern Africa and for the sake of the interests of both his country and mine, I should like to see him personally in order that we might come to an agreement and settle matters. Subsequently it was agreed on that date that such a meeting would in fact take place. He said that it would be difficult for him to get away, as at that stage he was not keen to broadcast the fact of having had talks with me, but that he would like to do so in secret. I then sent him word that I appreciated his circumstances and that I was waiting for the opportunity to hold talks with him. I made inquiries from time to time, but there was always some excuse for its not being possible for the talks to take place. Eventually, because nothing materialized from these enquiries, I once again sent the same highranking envoy to Lusaka, on 21st January, 1969, to find out what the position was. I informed the President of Zambia that this story about meeting in secret would not work out. He had been battling for so long to bring it about, but it would not work. He was to arrange a public meeting with me somewhere, and I would be prepared to hold talks with him at an agreed venue. I invited him to come to Pretoria, if it would suit him, or to any other place on which we could agree. It was then agreed that such a dialogue would be a public one.

Attempts were then made to arrange for this dialogue to take place. Once again I waited, and in March, 1969, his envoy came to South Africa and contacted mine. Now, hon. members must keep this well in mind: The accusation was now being levelled against us that we, according to him and many people in the world outside, wanted to attack Zambia, that we wanted to destroy Zambia. In March, 1969, his envoy, in hot haste, came to South Africa with a major problem. His problem at that stage was that the President of Zambia had received information that Rhodesia and Portugal were on the point of invading Zambia and going to war against them. As I had influence with them, would I not be so kind as to use my influence in order to call off that war against him? I told his envoy—and I am repeating this word for word—“Go back to your country, tell your President he and your people must go on with your work. There is no such thing as anybody wanting to attack you from any side. If there were such a thing, surely I would at least have been aware of it, because I know what is going on in Southern Africa. I am not even prepared to speak to those two countries about it, for it is absolute nonsense and the source from which you obtained it, is a mendacious one, to put it very mildly”. Then he left, and hon. members know, of course, that no war ever took place, for no war against anybody was being envisaged at all.

On that occasion the question of a meeting was again discussed. In spite of the fact that it had again been discussed, there was always some excuse for its being impossible for the meeting to take place. This went on, and I was still waiting all the time, until in May, 1970, my envoy again had personal talks with the President of Zambia and again raised this question. And on that occasion it was definitely agreed, without any doubt, that he would keep a public appointment with me in November, 1970, so that we might discuss the problems of Southern Africa as well as those of our own two countries. At that stage there was no longer any doubt about the matter. There was a definite appointment for November, 1970. During all that time all the problems were discussed openly and full reports were drawn up on them. What is very important, is that notwithstanding the fact that the President of Zambia was duly aware that South Africa did not bear him any malice, that South Africa had no intention of attacking him, that South Africa stood to gain nothing from any attack on him, and notwithstanding the fact that he had asked South Africa to prevent the war which he thought other people wanted to make against him, the President of Zambia made, in December, 1970— having failed to keep his appointment in November—a very strong attack on South Africa. I shall now quote from the Times of Zambia, which is more or less the official mouthpiece of the President of Zambia. He said at the time—

There is no question of a dialogue between Zambia and South Africa as long as John Vorster remains the spokesman of a minority group.

He said this in spite of the fact that in his own letter he had written to me that he did not regard me in that light. Furthermore, he said this in spite of the fact that when he himself had had to confront me, he had said that he did not lump me together with Rhodesia and the Portuguese territories. The report went on to say—

And President Kaunda told journalists at the State House that Zambia must boycott the forthcoming Commonwealth Leaders’ Conference if Britain sells arms to South Africa. He said South Africa had drawn up secret plans to invade Zambia and form a puppet government. This was a way of creating a buffer belt of Mozambique, Zambia and Angola. Helping the liberation of South Africa was now a question of survival. South Africa had put a cross on Zambia on their secret maps, meaning they want to destroy it. How can we have a dialogue with such people, the President asked.

This happened after everything I told you, Sir, had taken place. Can hon. members understand now why, on a certain occasion, I called him a double-talker?

But then I said during the no-confidence debate that I would on a subsequent occasion expose the President of Zambia to the world as a double-talker. Immediately after that the President of Zambia contacted me and said that I had to send an envoy to him again. I then sent my envoy to him. My envoy met him personally on 27th March, 1971, and said to him, “Now we are completely baffled. Why do you adopt one kind of attitude in public and another in private? Surely this is an untenable position. The Prime Minister of South Africa now has no alternative other than exposing the whole matter to the world.” His reply to that was that he would decide on this matter in June or July, for at that stage he was not only President of Zambia; he was also chairman of the Organization for African Unity.

I have now dealt fully with this matter because tonight I want to repeat this with all the power and emphasis at my command: It is absolutely essential for we states in Southern Africa, in view of the threat facing us and the fact that many of these states are underdeveloped, that we should understand one another, in spite of our differences in domestic policy. It is essential for proper co-operation to exist between us as states. In respect of his double-talking it is important for me to say this not only to South Africa, but also to all states in Africa: Here one has the president of a country who, on the one hand, tells the African states—and there are many witnesses to this—“Under no circumstances must you have a dialogue with South Africa. They are not people with whom one should have a dialogue.” But ever since 1968 he himself has been having a dialogue with us. Here one has the president of a country saying, “It is pernicious to trade with South Africa, and you may not do so.” But he himself trades with South Africa. Here one has a man who, on the one hand, presents us to the outside world in a suspicious light, and there are people who believe him. He says that we want to attack him and that we want to destroy him. But in the same breath he tells us that others want to destroy him and that we must please help him. Here one has a man who, on the one hand, tells the world outside that we are colonialists and, on the other hand, tells me that he has never said this about us. Here one has a man who, on the one hand, advocates the use of force against us morning, noon and night, and then tells me, “Nobody, at least in this part of the world, has ever said such a thing.” I believe that it is and has become in the interests of Southern Africa for this exposure of the President of Zambia to take place for the good of Southern Africa. It must take place for the sake of a better understanding in Africa.

Having said all these things, I want to make it very clear that I am making many allowances for the President of Zambia. I know his circumstances and his problems. That he has been acting against South Africa in the way I have described to the House, does not matter now. It is still in the interests of Southern Africa and all of us that we should reach an understanding. In spite of all these considerations, President Kaunda is the ruler and the leader of Zambia. I now want to state openly that I am still prepared to hold talks with him, and I think I am doing so not only on behalf of my side of the House, but also on behalf of hon. members on the opposite side of the House. I am still prepared to meet him at any venue on which we may agree. I am prepared to receive him in Pretoria, as I would receive any head of state of any country, in spite of everything that has happened, because I set more value on the interests of Southern Africa, of the states in this part of the world, than I do on the interests of the person of President Kaunda and the interests of my own person, because even the interests of our two countries are, as far as the leaders are concerned, secondary to the interests and the good of Southern Africa as a whole. I am, as I have said, quite prepared to hold those talks, and whereas we have now done everything in our power in the way I have described to the House, I now extend this open invitation to the President of Zambia to honour that promise of talks and to discuss with me the venue and the date, because I believe that it is in the highest interests of Southern Africa that such talks will in fact take place.

There is, of course—and I must say this just in passing—the so-called Lusaka Manifesto. That so-called Lusaka Manifesto, on which many people in the world take their stand and on which President Kaunda takes his stand, was never sent to us by them. There has never been any attempt on their part to negotiate with us on the basis of that so-called manifesto. Of course, I totally reject the allegations in that manifesto as being devoid of any truth. But, be that as it may, for the sake of Southern Africa I am prepared to hold those talks, and I hope and trust that this double standard, this double-talking, will now stop once and for all.

Sir DE VILLIERS GRAAFF:

Sir, the hon. the Prime Minister will not be unaware of the fact that I myself have friends both in Africa and elsewhere whose job it has been to try to negotiate with leaders of certain of these emergent states. May I say, Sir, that while the hon. gentleman has all my sympathy, I am not in the least surprised to hear the tale he has unfolded. It is such a typical tale; it is such a typical course of action adopted by people who still do not know where they are and who are more afraid of people in their own homes than they are of people outside. There is no point, Sir, in debating this statement. We are grateful to the hon. the Prime Minister of having given it in this House, as is correct and proper. Anything that we say may simply exacerbate the situation. We can only say to the hon. gentleman: Persevere, try and try again. Perhaps he will have better luck next time. I think it is in the interests of peace in Southern Africa and better relations that we should go on trying, no matter what the disappointments and no matter how much we feel that our intentions are not understood. As far as we on this side of the House are concerned, the hon. the Prime Minister can be assured of our support in doing his best to open and to maintain negotiations. I think apart from that, Sir, it is not wise to debate this matter any further.

That being so, Sir, I think we must go back to the subjects which we were discussing before the hon. the Prime Minister raised this issue and in order to maintain continuity, I feel it is right that we should go from the Bantu in the homelands to the position of the Bantu in our own country in their own urban townships. Sir, I indicated before business was suspended that I was worried about the rate of economic development and the possibility of unemployment both in the homelands and in these Bantu townships. I want to say that as far as I am concerned, my difficulty is that the Government refuses to regard the inhabitants of our Bantu townships as permanent inhabitants, even those Bantu who have given up their tribal affiliations and who have lived their whole lives in our Bantu townships. In the name of consistency and to give meaning to the fiction of their own Bantustan policy, the Government continues to regard these people as temporary sojourners in our White areas with no permanent rights, not even the right to own property and, all too often, not the right either to have the comfort of family life. Yet, Sir, these are the people on whom our domestic comfort depends and on whose industry and aid a large part of our industrial effort in South Africa depends. Quite clearly, unhappiness and dissatisfaction amongst them can and does have immediate repercussions in the daily lives of the White people in South Africa.

It is for that reason, Sir, that I raise this issue at this time because I want to tell the hon. the Prime Minister that his policies just are not working with these people in our own country. There is a growing frustration amongst them; there is a growing bitterness and a deterioration in their relations with us. Sir, this is a situation, as I have said before, which can easily become explosive, and it is small wonder that the problem of how these people should be treated and where they fit into the scheme of things in South Africa, is more and more a subject for discussion and is more and more being written and talked about by intellectuals in South Africa. We have outlined our ideas in this House before, and I am quite prepared to do so again in this debate; I will do so later on, but I cannot urge on the Prime Minister strongly enough that this is a matter in which new thinking from his side is necessary. Sir, it is not only I who say so. I want to refer again to the report of the President of the South African Foundation, on pages 2 and 3. He says—

Whatever degree of success is achieved with the Bantustan policy, we are still left with the extremely difficult problem of those Africans who work with and live in the White urban areas—some four to five million of them. This is another matter which people overseas are anxious to hear about. As we all know, the Bantu who live in the urban areas have political rights in their own homelands, but none in the White areas. A high proportion of these people have lived here for more than one generation and have lost contact with the areas from which they came. This, of course, creates a special problem. There are those who hold that they should be treated like the Italians who work in large numbers in Switzerland and have no political rights. But one cannot ignore the fact that our Bantu are different, for they were born and bred within the boundaries of South Africa. They are South Africans. If the realities of the situation are accented and faced up to, then one hopes that some steps will be taken to give the urban Bantu a voice in their future. This is an area where constructive communication is most important.

I know. Sir, that this is not Government policy, but I have always found it difficult to understand why there should not have been some say for them prior to the independence of the homelands.

But be that as it may, let me remind the Prime Minister that this is a group of people with no security of tenure in the White areas, with no home ownership in most areas, in most cases with no secure family life, with no elective institutions with any real administrative or executive functions in the areas in which they live, with enormous transport problems in most cases, and with very little chance of earning wages above the bare minimum needed to keep themselves going. There can be no doubt whatever that there is unhappiness and restiveness amongst them. The signs are there. The hon. the Prime Minister knows what the reactions have been to those train accidents in which Bantu lives have been lost. It is no accident that the Mayor of Johannesburg, at the request of his Bantu administrators, went to address the crowds at the scene of the last accident. There have been too many warnings from Bantu administrators, dedicated men throughout South Africa, as to the situation that is developing. Now an important group among them is demanding a minimum wage of R100 a month and trying to make out a case to justify it. I wonder what the position is going to be if we cannot maintain an adequate growth rate and if unemployment appears of the kind against which Dr. Hupkes has warned. I note that where he talks about R4 000 being necessary to create a job in the decentralized industries in the border areas, the latest report of the Commission for the Decentralization of Industry estimates that it will probably cost today R6 200 per employee. Well, where are we going from there?

Here is a problem which is becoming more and more serious daily, which is building up and which can become explosive at any time because of the political situation, the developing economic situation and the socio-economic conditions under which these people live. It seems to me that this is one of the matters which deserve the hon. the Prime Minister’s attention. I am prepared to debate the virtues of my policy as against his, but it seems to me that with his present policy he is heading for disaster. Unless there is new thinking and a new approach, I must say that I fear for the future of these people and for peaceful race relations with them in South Africa.

*The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND EDUCATION:

The hon. the Leader of the Opposition has now raised a very important matter here on which we should very much like to cross swords with him. Our policy in regard to the urban Bantu and the Bantu in the White areas of South Africa is very clear. By way of summary I want to repeat it briefly and, in the few minutes at my disposal, contrast it with the declared policy of the United Party in this regard.

In the first place, our standpoint is that the numbers of the Bantu in the White area of South Africa must be limited to the minimum by means of influx control and a system of contractual labour, and that in the Bantu homelands the numbers of the Bantu should grow to the maximum by means of the general development of the homelands and the provision of work at the most rapid rate possible. Secondly, we state very clearly that our policy in respect of the urban Bantu is that in the first place we regard the Bantu as belonging to a national group and as being a member of a people, regardless of where he is living. If he is a Zulu living in Soweto, he belongs to the Zulu people, and if he is a Venda living in Soweto, he belongs to the Venda people. For that reason, our policy in respect of the urban Bantu is based on the premise that the Bantu must of course be considered as an individual, but that he belongs primarily to a people. For that reason our policy states very clearly that the Bantu can obtain no rights of citizenship and no proprietary rights in White South Africa, in the same way as the Whites cannot obtain such rights in the Bantu homelands. You must take careful note of this, because it is extremely important that in terms of our policy, and it is applied in this way, the Whites can obtain no rights of citizenship or proprietary rights in any homeland. We therefore say that the Bantu, who is a member of a Bantu people, cannot obtain proprietary rights in White South Africa, and on that basis he cannot obtain rights of citizenship either.

Our policy in this regard is very clear and for that reason, in White South Africa, which is controlled by the White Government. we welcome the Bantu in the sense that he is here to offer his labour. Working from the premise that he is a member of a people and is getting all his rights of citizenship and proprietary rights and everything that follows on that in his homeland, we want to give him the fairest possible modus vivendi in White South Africa while he is here. Since, like the Whites in the homelands, he has no proprietary rights in White South Africa and exercises no rights of citizenship here, we want him to exercise his rights as a member of the people to which he belongs, and which we are leading to independence. But while he is here in White South Africa, we want to give him a very fair modus vivendi. We should like him to be happy here and we shall go out of our way to make it as pleasant as possible for him. We say that he must be treated with human dignity, with fairness and with justice under all circumstances.

Furthermore, I want to say that, while he is in White South Africa, where he receives no rights of citizenship, we must reward him properly for his labour according to its value. In addition, we say that all levels of friction must be eliminated as far as possible. We say, too, that the channels must be kept open for him so that he may also progress in life. In other words, in terms of our policy we say that we want to be as humane and fair as possible towards him in White South Africa, while he has no rights of citizenship here, but has and can exercise his rights of citizenship in his homeland.

But, Sir, now you must take very careful note of the invidious position in which the United Party is involving itself. This is that it can no longer be denied that this homelands policy is succeeding at a very dynamic rate. [Interjections.] Sir, unfortunately I do not have the time to read to you from New Nation how the Leader of the Progressive Party recently made speeches in which he came very close to saying that we should recognize the policy of developing the Bantu homelands. I can show you how the United Party as well as the Progressive Party have been warned in New Nation and how some United Party front-benchers have come as close as “dammit” to admitting that this multinational policy is the only policy which can succeed. New Nation, and other people whom I can quote, say that the United Party should be extremely careful that it does not find itself in a position here where it will be minced between two nationalisms and will be pushed out into the cold. I do not have time to indicate how, in the numerous discussions which are taking place and which have take place in the past 1½ years between Minister M. C. Botha and myself and these leaders, the United Party has had no part; it is already out in the cold. This is the dilemma in which it is going to find itself and in which it is being caught up. That dilemma is this: if the Bantu homelands policy succeeded and led to independent homelands, what would the implication of that be? The implication would be that in each of these homelands the Bantu people in that homeland would be sovereign; in other words, would be in charge there. In terms of our policy, the Whites in White South Africa have the sovereign authority, while the Bantu have no rights of citizenship here. To use a word I do not like using, the White will also be the ruler or boss in his own country, just as every Bantu people would be the sovereign boss in its own territory. But if we were to accept the United Party’s policy, the Bantu would be elevated to the position that they would not only be the sovereign power in their own homeland, but would also be placed on the road to eventual sovereignty in White South Africa by virtue of their numerical superiority and the implications involved in that. I say this is the dilemma in which the United Party is going to find itself to an increasing extent and from which it will not be able to escape, even if it stands on its head a hundred times. I therefore want to repeat what I said in conclusion earlier this afternoon, because I did not have the time then to develop the point further, i.e. that the United Party’s policy in respect of the Bantu in White South Africa would place the Bantu in the whole of South Africa on the road to total domination of the Whites in their own homeland, the Republic of South Africa. This is what I have now tried to prove to hon. members. The United Party will have to take this into account to an increasing extent and I say that they will not be able to escape it.

I do not have time to go into details now, but the United Party states very explicitly in its pamphlet that in White South Africa “Bantu labour”—and this means both men and women—“will therefore be permanently employed and will permanently live within reasonable distance from the White farms, factories, businesses and homes in which they are employed”. Furthermore, they guarantee in this pamphlet that they will make it possible for Bantu, who will settle here permanently to obtain controlled proprietary rights in the large urban Bantu townships. I quote once more—

“… ensuring their enjoyment of undisturbed family life and actively fostering the emergence of a responsible middle-class as a bulwark against agitators”.

I therefore say that the United Party’s policy would place these people on the road to total domination in the Republic of South Africa. In conclusion I want to say that, in terms of our policy we must and do take into account the Bantu students, who are coming to the fore in increasing numbers. We on this side of this House realize that in White South Africa, and throughout South Africa as well, we must create and must keep open, opportunities for the increasing number of Bantu students, so that they may realize their ideals as well. Many hon. members were students and know what I am talking about. However, these students will be able to realize their ideals only within their own national context in the South African set-up, and therefore within the framework of the policy of the National Party Government.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Mr. Chairman, I have never doubted the sincerity and integrity of the hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Education. I know he believes every word of what he said here this evening. But I have seldom had the experience of having to listen to someone living in such a complete dream-world as that hon. Deputy Minister. What he said is completely divorced from the real and true state of affairs in South Africa. The theory of separate development that the Bantu of South Africa will live in their own homelands, develop to sovereign independence and maintain friendly relations with the Republic of South Africa, is a beautiful one. I have said this before. In the old Dagbreek, a Sunday newspaper, I also wrote that, if the policy could be carried out and if one could see signs that the Government was carrying it out, all of us would have to consider very seriously whether we should subscribe to that policy or not.

I remember Prof. Pistorius of Pretoria, who is a Progressive, in fact accusing me of seeking a coalition with the Nationalist Government. I think I am stating it fairly if I say that what the Deputy Minister means is that, if the Bantu become independent in their own areas and enjoy all the rights and privileges there that we enjoy in the White areas, we will have a fair and just solution to our problems in South Africa as far as the Bantu are concerned. I think it is fair to put it in this way. Now we must ask ourselves the question, and to this we have not yet received a reply from hon. members opposite, what prospect … [Interjections.] I have only ten minutes at my disposal. The hon. member can rise to his feet in a moment and put questions to me for ten minutes. I think they are entitled to that, and the hon. member for Benoni … [Interjection.]

*Mr. L. G. MURRAY:

Langlaagte.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

I beg your pardon; I apologize to the hon. member for Benoni. The hon. member for Langlaagte can now give me his reply to this. What prospects are there, and what scientific grounds exist for such prospects, of this dream being realized in our lifetime or in the lifetime of our children or our grandchildren? What prospects are there of this dream being transformed into a situation where the Bantu of South Africa will actually be living in their own areas and enjoying the same rights and privileges there as those of the Whites? What prospects are there of even the majority of the Bantu working in White areas today, being able to die in their own homelands? What scientific basis is there for any forecast of when that will happen? The United Party says that if one wants to devise a Bantu policy for South Africa, it cannot be based on unrealities and on illusions and fallacies. It can be based only on reality, on inescapable reality, which is that, whether we like it or not, history has brought the Bantu and the Whites together in South Africa and has made the one dependent on the other. The best proof one can …

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

Do you want to sit together here?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

The best proof we have of that is that this Government, in spite of its theory, realizes that the Whites and the Bantu cannot be separate in South Africa, because …

*Mr. P. Z. J. VAN VUUREN:

Here in Parliament?

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

I am not dealing with that point now. Why must the hon. member for Benoni now, because he knows what I am saying here is true …

*Hon. MEMBERS:

Langlaagte.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Yes, the outcast of Benoni, just as I am the outcast of Vereeniging. Why must this hon. member now try to distract the attention from the reality, the facts which the supporters of the National Party cannot escape? They cannot escape the realization that we cannot exist separately in South Africa. They realize it to such an extent that for the purpose of implementing their so-called policy of separate development, they have accepted the policy of border industries, and what is the policy of border industries?

*The MINISTER OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT:

It is a good policy.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

It may be good or bad, but what is it in reality? I do not think it is a good policy, but I do not want to argue with the hon. the Minister about that now. What does this policy mean in reality? It means that our economy must bend itself and that our cities must be bent so as to make it possible for the industries to which South Africa’s future prosperity must be linked, to be established on the borders of the Bantu homelands. [Interjections.] The hon. the Minister must give me a chance. If he is not careful, he will say the wrong things again, and then he will again have to furnish explanations of what he said. The Nationalist Party realizes that if it wants to promote industry, on which our future rests, the industries must be located at a place where they can conveniently make use of Bantu labour. This is the basis of the policy of moving factories to the border areas—to make Bantu labour easily and readily available to those factories. It is an admission that real economic segregation is not possible and that economic integration has progressed so far that not even only the economy of the country, but also the policy of separate development must be bent to adjust to the fact that we are inter-dependent. These are hard facts, and hon. members opposite cannot escape them. What is not all being done in the name of this impossibility? What future scourges are we not creating for ourselves by striving to carry out this impossibility? In the name of this impossibility our Bantu workers in the existing industrial areas of South Africa may not own any property. They must remain rootless as long as South Africa exists.

In the name of this impossible policy, this unreal policy, this fallacious policy, these people may not enjoy the benefit of family life either. The two most important factors which bring stability and attachment to law and order into the lives of any population are being refused to four or five million of the Bantu in South Africa in the name of a policy which cannot be implemented and which is not being implemented. The hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Education may say dynamic progress is being made with this policy, but I say there is nothing of the kind. Just look at the Transkei. The Transkei is the only geographically consolidated homeland for Bantu in South Africa. I now ask: What percentage of the natural population increase of the Transkei has been provided with employment by all the industries established there since the Government came into power and since the Tomlinson Commission published its report?

*Mr. W. G. KINGWILL:

A small percentage.

*Mr. S. J. M. STEYN:

Oh, it is an extremely small percentage. The Transkei is the political display-window of the Government’s policy. May I ask how many industries have been established on the borders of the Transkei? I shall tell the hon. members how many. Hon. members will find it unbelievable if I say that not one has been established. Every industry established on the border of a so-called homeland for the promotion of the policy of separate development, is an industry which was established in an expanded and somewhat remote suburb of an existing White city. The fiction has been created that the small black spot at Rosslyn, for example, is a homeland. When I asked the Prime Minister a few months ago whether that Bantu area at Rosslyn would ever be incorporated with Tswanaland, he said it was unpractical and that I could not expect the Government to do unpractical things. That is recorded in Hansard. [Time expired.]

*Mr. H. J. D. VAN DER WALT:

Mr. Chairman, in the first place the hon. member for Yeoville must please excuse me if I do not immediately reply to his speech. I think that this evening is such an historic one that I as a newcomer in this House, cannot stop myself from saying that the hon. the Prime Minister made a speech here this evening with respect to certain matters that very intimately concern us, in a country such as South Africa, because we are realistic and realize that we are a part of Africa. I think that if a White country on the continent of Africa realizes that it is a part of Africa, and if any White political group on the continent of Africa realizes that it is a part of Africa and that Africa is part of the world, we would perhaps have a great deal more realism with respect to matters such as human relationships. Let us state this evening, without sounding excessively prudish about the matter, that human relationships are a matter of utmost importance in the world. In fact, this matter is so important that six of the 10 Commandments deal with how I should conduct myself towards my fellow men.

Having now said that, I want to come back to what the hon. member for Yeoville said. I want to make one general remark about the hon. Opposition in respect of our relationships where the Bantu are concerned, and what the National Party is doing in respect of the Bantu. If we only take into account the debates of the present session, we can see that when the Opposition speaks about our relationships, whether in respect of the Bantu in the homeland or in respect of the Bantu in our Bantu residential areas within the White land, there is evidence of only one single attitude, and that is fear. I do not want to elaborate on that, because the Prime Minister did so very effectively this evening. The hon. the Prime Minister dealt very effectively with the fear of the hon. members and the agitation that goes along with that. I see unfortunately that the hon. member for Transkei is not present at the moment. The hon. members opposite made a great fuss here this evening about not being people who say such things, about not being the people who cause agitation, but what did the hon. member for Transkei say when the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development introduced the Bantu Homelands Constitution Bill this year? The hon. member for Transkei made a speech here in which he said, inter alia:

We are convinced that the majority of the people. White and non-White do not want this Bill and they reject this measure as a solution of our problems in this country.

He continues by saying—

We reject this Bill because, in the first place, it is a folly to embark on the policy which will divide South Africa into eight, or nine or 10 separate states, leaving the so-called White South Africa linked with a horseshoe of foreign states which the Government hopes will be friendly towards us, but which may In fact be hostile.
Mr. L. E. D. WINCHESTER:

So what?

*Mr. H. J. D. VAN DER WALT:

Well yes, I do not blame the hon. member for saying “so what” to us. Let me just tell him that I do not even see the necessity for answering this hon. member when he says “so what”. He will never understand this matter anyway. He will never understand it, and I shall tell him why he will never understand it. Before anything else has happened with respect to independent Bantu states in the geographic unit of South Africa, the hon. member for Transkei comes along and becomes the first man to say “they may in fact be hostile”. Is that not agitation? Before we have even come along with the possibility of independence for those relevant Bantu states, since we are still only implementing that policy and extending it, that hon. member for Transkei says, “They may in fact be hostile”. Let us link up that reply from the hon. member for Transkei to the hon. member for Zululand who deliberately dragged the whole question of Chief Kaiser Matanzima into this House, notwithstanding the fact that the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development had said that he would deal with the matter under his vote. They must do so, because they must follow up on what the hon. member for Transkei said, i.e. “They may in fact be hostile”. If Kaiser Matanzima says, what he has already said a long time ago, that he wants to discuss this matter again, they now say that it is “hostility”. That is what the hon. Opposition says. I shall be making another speech in which I shall indicate to this House that this Opposition continually says that they have nothing to say against the principle of our policy, but that they do have something to say against the method. Now the hon. member for Yeoville comes along and says that the hon. the Minister did, in fact, say that he has nothing against what Chief Matanzima asked, but “look at his method!” He said that the hon. the Minister was aggressive, and the hon. member for Houghton said that he was purple with rage. If any man has been responsible for purple rage in this House, it is this very hon. member for Yeoville. Before the hon. member for Yeoville spoke, there was no “hostility” on the part of the hon. the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development. The only man in this House who has yet seen “hostility” on the part of the Bantu territorial authorities, is the hon. member for Transkei. But I want to leave the matter at that.

I want to come back to the hon. member for Yeoville. He spoke about the decentralization of industries. I now respectfully want to tell the hon. member that he must not again try to speak about decentralization of industries in this House. In my constituency we are dealing with a future growth point in respect of the decentralization of industries. If we approach this matter on a positive basis, we shall see that the decentralization of industries means, as far as this Government is concerned, not only decentralization in order to implement our policy. The hon. Opposition must tell us whether they are opposed to the principle of decentralization.

*Mr. A. FOURIE:

No.

*Mr. H. J. D. VAN DER WALT:

The hon. member for Turffontein says “No”; but I cannot listen to him, because he knows nothing about industries. As far as industries are concerned I must listen to what the hon. member for Hillbrow and the hon. member for Yeoville say. Now the hon. member for Yeoville attacks us and says that we cannot decentralize industries on a proper basis. What I now want to state here categorically is something the Opposition cannot refute, no matter what they do. The Opposition in South Africa—I include both Opposition parties—are only interested in the Bantu, in the reserves and in the White area, in the Bantu townships, for the sake of their labour. They merely regard the Bantu as a reservoir for labour. They have no further interest whatsoever in the Bantu as a person, with all his other needs. The hon. member for Yeoville now says—and this illustrates his standpoint—that the Bantu must be able to sell his labour in the best market. If this Government now creates a good market for the Bantu in the border industry areas which are near his home, where he can retain his family ties, where all the infrastructure can be supplied about which the hon. member for Hillbrow can wax lyrical, I should like to know from the hon. member for Yeoville what is wrong with us enabling the Bantu to sell his labour on that good market? [Time expired.]

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Mr. Chairman it is always a pleasure in the House to follow a member of the legal profession, especially when he has given us an argument in such liberal and unemotional terms. One is pleased that he has been able to listen to the arguments that have been offered from this side of the House.

He talks about the hon. member for Transkei having said that it is folly to divide South Africa into eight parts, and that they may be hostile. Indeed, what he should be worrying about is if—which is not possible—it was possible to divide South Africa into eight Black states and one White state, whether those that are left, those that are there now, that will multiply and be there for ever, will be hostile. That is the question he should ask.

Mr. H. J. D. VAN DER WALT:

We did not deny it.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

Yes, you did not deny it. I am not talking about the Bantus-tans—I am talking about the Bantu in the urban areas who are here now, who will multiply and will remain here forever. The hon. the Deputy Minister, who is not here at the moment, said that if the United Party policy were applied to the urban Bantu, it would mean the end of the White man. Sir, if it is not applied, it will be the end of the White man. Have you ever heard anything like the statement made by the Deputy Minister in so far as the Bantu in the White areas are concerned, “We welcome their labour here”? Mr. Chairman, what on earth would we do without their labour? What on earth do you imagine would happen here without their labour? It would be the end of our economy. It would be the end of our technology: it would be the end of the difference between us and any other state on this Continent, and the hon. the Prime Minister knows that. He knows this better than anybody else. When the hon. the Prime Minister spoke this afternoon, he said that before the advent of the last three years one had to talk to individuals: one could not talk to representative organizations, but now these were representative organizations for the Bantu. Sir, what are the representative organizations for the urban Bantu? You can talk to the tribal chiefs, but what has happened in the urban areas is that this great mass of increasing sophisticated Africans—the most sophisticated Africans in Africa, I dare say —‘have lost their contact with their tribal affinity. as my hon. Leader has said, and they are here to stay. Sir. as long as we are different in Africa, we are different because of our know-how, our economy and our civilization. And our economy is based upon the urban African. Sir, even if this concept was implemented, we would still have the same number of Bantu. How would our farms operate; how would the factories operate; how would industry operate; how would the hon. the Minister of Transport operate without Bantu labour?

The MINISTER OF TRANSPORT:

We have been listening to those arguments for years.

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

I know the hon. the Minister has been listening to them, and he is going to go on listening to them and gradually they will sink into his thick skull.

Then, Sir, we have this nonsense spoken by the hon. the Deputy Minister who made a comparison here between the Italian workers in Germany and our own Bantu labour in the White areas; it is all going to be fine when the Bantu states are independent because the urban Bantu working here are going to be citizens of a foreign country. Therefore it will not matter; we can treat them differently. Do we not have foreign workers now, Sir? We have foreign workers now and we will have then. Do we not have a lot of foreign workers from many European countries coming here on permit? Sir, are you going to tell me that when the Bantustans become independent those workers who form the majority in our area, are then going to be treated in the same way as the foreign European workers who are here? Of course they are not. You are going to treat them in exactly the same way as you treat them now because they are black, and you are going to have White workers here as well.

Sir, the hon. the Prime Minister is aware of security; he spoke about it this afternoon. He has boasted that he knows more about security in South Africa than anyone else. I give him credit for that; perhaps he does, but surely then he must appreciate the importance of security to the White man, the importance of security to our economy and the importance of security for the survival of this country, even security for the survival of what he would like to have—a White country with a majority of Bantu in it. Surely he knows exactly what he is going to lead himself into if he is in fact going to create these foreign states and have a majority of Bantu in our urban areas. Sir, he does not have to look back very far to remember some of the contentious legislation that we had in this House. He does not have to look back very far to remember Poqo, an organization which grew up in our urban areas.

*Mr. G. P. C. BEZUIDENHOUT:

Who stamped out Poqo?

Mr. M. L. MITCHELL:

It does not matter who exterminated the movement; the point is why this happened. Sir, let me say this immediately: The hon. the Prime Minister knows better than anyone else that if you are to avoid the attraction of organizations such as Poqo, the PAC, ect., then you have to avoid it by giving the people a reason for avoiding it, by giving them a material stake in the community in which they live and of which they are a part. In their own areas, as my hon. Leader has said, you must give them ownership of their own houses; you must give them a family life; you must give them that security that will produce the emergence of an urban African middle class. You have to give them a stake in this country. I am glad to see that the hon. the Minister of Defence is listening; he will know this too. You have to give them a stake against incursion and insurrection. They will then have something at stake, in fact, their all; they will not then run the risk of losing the future that they built for themselves and their families. When you have something to lose you have a reason to fight against that thing which might take it from you, or that thing which might induce you to stake it all. People like this do not make common cause with ideologies which thrive on hopeless, rootless and rightless masses. The only common factor is disability without any hope.

The whole system of Bantu Authorities, tribal ambassadors and the whole concept which has been outlined here again by the hon. the Deputy Minister, was destroyed by the economy which the White man brought to South Africa. In so far as these people are concerned it is destroyed. They look for their leadership not to the tribal chiefs but to the leaders, to that emergent middle class which is growing more strongly than ever in our urban areas. It is growing all the time. You have the situation in Durban where you can have a homeland in Umlazi which is on the border of Durban and part of Durban. Then you have a place like Kwa Mashu which is also part of Durban and is administered by the Corporation in Durban which will become a homeland. But it is said that a place like Soweto will never become a homeland. The Bantu will never be able to have home ownership in Soweto. Surely the simple question that one must ask is: Are you ever going to get rid of the Bantu in Soweto? There are one million people there upon whom the whole of the economy of the Reef depends. Are you ever going to get rid of them? The answer is “No”. [Time expired.]

*Mr. C. J. REINECKE:

Both the hon. member for Durban North and the hon. the Leader of the Opposition began extensively to discuss the Bantu in the urban areas. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition and the hon. member for Durban North implied that an explosive situation was in the making in these urban Bantu areas. I should very much like to know where those hon. members get that from. The hon. member for Houghton came up with similar claims. I have here the publication of the hon. member for Houghton’s party, and also of the Opposition, i.e. New Nation. It is the issue of April 1971. The publication contains illuminating figures about the section of the population these hon. members have just spoken about. The following question is put in this publication of that side of the House, not of this side of the House: “In which of the following countries is the Black man the happiest in your opinion? Please number your answers I to 6 in order of preference”. Then the following are given, i.e. Zambia, the United States, Malawi, Nigeria, Rhodesia and South Africa. And what is the reply? Of those who answered this question, 4,84 choose to live in South Africa. Rhodesia is second with 4,45; Nigeria is third with 3,16; then Malawi with 2.85; and last of all the haven of integration, the United States with 2,70. The urban Bantu chooses to live where he is.

The following question is just as interesting. It reads: “If you had the choice, in which country, including South Africa, would you like to live?”. The 10 most popular countries are then mentioned, i.e. South Africa, the United States, Zambia, Botswana, Britain, Swaziland, etc. Again 21,46 per cent of those “oppressed” South African Bantu who were questioned, voted that they would choose to remain in South Africa. For the United States the figure was 18,45 per cent; strangely enough for Zambia it was 13,73 per cent and for Botswana, 7,73 per cent. Again the country in which they are persecuted, where they cannot breathe and where “petty” apartheid prevails, according to the hon. member for Bezuidenhout, is nevertheless the country these people choose. But these hon. members create the impression that we are dealing with the Bantu Administration and Development Vote.

I should very much like to come back for a moment to the hon. the Prime Minister’s Vote. While I was sitting here listening to this debate this afternoon, I could not resist drawing up a table of the differences between the hon. the Prime Minister on this side of the House, the leader of the National Party, and the Leader of that side of the House. If one looks at characteristics of leadership, those characteristics that must carry a people through fire and must bring them to a point of peace and prosperity, where our country is today, one must in the very first instance make a comparison with respect to faith, the first in this series of leadership characteristics. In Hansard, Volume I of this year, column 389, my hon. Leader expressed himself as follows:

Thank God, I can say it is a country in which there are responsible workers and fine young people. It is a country which still attaches importance to old-fashioned virtues, which still has self-respect. But it is also a country whose people are still humble before God.

With that my hon. Leader concluded his speech. The hon. the Leader of the Opposition was the next to speak and he referred to this speech as follows:

But I think it was a speech that was extremely disappointing to the public of South Africa.

When my hon. Leader emphasizes his faith-without-fear policy in this hon. House, the Leader of that hon. side of the House says that it is an extremely disappointing speech. Since we are emphasizing a matter of faith, which is the guiding principle of the entire people, let us see what the guiding principles of the hon. the Leader of the other side are for us in this country. In column 399 of the same Hansard he said what he has repeated here this evening in connection with “the haves and have nots”, i.e.:

In the long run the most important struggle will be between the haves and the have nots. This will be the struggle which will determine the destiny of nations and people. I do not have the slightest doubt about this.

There lies the basic difference between the Leader of this side of the House and the Leader of that side of the House. When we are discussing the Prime Minister’s Vote, this is a matter of cardinal importance, because faith in one’s country, oneself and one’s people, is necessary for the welfare of a good state and good statesmanship. In connection with a point of faith, for which one seeks vainly on that side of the House, I want to take a look at that side and say that their only faith is a faith in materialism. I want to look at the following elements and characteristics of leadership in a state such as ours, or those of any other well-ordered state. I am referring to the factor of local stability. What do we find in this country under the leadership of the hon. the Prime Minister, despite the agitation forthcoming from that side? That side denies that it is inciting the people, even though this is proven point for point. We have local stability under the hon. the Prime Minister. Except for the agitators our entire population is peaceful, because this hon. Prime Minister’s policy is a very clear one, as we have heard again this evening in respect of President Kaunda. No-one can have any doubts about what the policy is of this Prime Minister and this side of the House. This country and all its population groups are peaceful. Even the terrorists know exactly where they stand with this hon. Prime Minister. Let us now compare the picture of local stability with that reflected by the hon. the Leader of the Opposition in his speeches and abo by other hon. members on that side of the House who took part in the debate today. Do the speeches of hon. members opposite create any confidence whatsoever in anyone? I say a definite “No”. Irresponsibility radiates from every speech from that side of the Home, opportunism from beginning to end. Let us take the question of good race relations, which one hon. member stated as being of cardinal importance for peace and welfare in this country. The whole evening the hon. the Leader of the Opposition has told us on what an “explosive” powder keg we are sitting. Are absolute honesty and integrity not characteristic of the hon. the Prime Minister’s policy and his dealings with the peoples in this country? As he himself said, he is “frank”, and therefore every population group knows exactly where he stands. This is an honesty based on a fundamental respect for human nature because people, creatures of God, are being dealt with here and not cheap labour machines in the service of magnates and adherents of that party, as the hon. member for Christiana pointed out. [Time expired.]

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. member who has just sat down made three points. He quoted certain people who were asked in which country of the world they would wish to live and that a significant proportion chose South Africa. It is significant that those people chose South Africa as we know it today. There was no indication by any of those people he quoted that they wanted to go and live in the Transkei or in any one of the emerging areas which are being developed here in South Africa. They wanted to live in South Africa as it is now, a country on which the hand of the White man rests in guidance and in leadership. That is the choice they made and I fail to see what the hon. member was trying to achieve by telling us that. He tried to draw a comparison between the ideal of my hon. leader and the ideal of the hon. the Prime Minister. The United Party’s ideal, the one which my Leader exemplified, is the belief that the White man can lead all the people in South Africa by inspiration, by association and by giving them an ideal which can be equalled nowhere else in the whole Continent of Africa but only here in South Africa because the White people are here. This is what shines through the policy of the United Party, namely that we believe that the White man has a mission to perform here in South Africa. This is something which is completely lost on the Government and the party on the other side: they fail to recognize it at all.

The hon. member went on to talk about stability. This is precisely the point that my hon Leader is talking about, namely that stability in South Africa rests upon the close co-operation between White South Africa and Black South Africa. No-where else is this more closely exemplified than in the urban areas, in the daily lives of the urban Bantu where Black South Africans living in the cities and the White South Africans co-operate together to create something in this country which is the only thing that can provide a safe and secure future for all of us, namely the economy of South Africa. Not the hon. the Deputy Minister or anybody else has come with any suggestion that there can be any other kind of future for White South Africa and Black South Africa other than in the closest possible co-operation.

The MINISTER OF HEALTH:

What about the Coloureds?

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Yes, there we hear the hollow cry from the hon. the Minister of Health: What about the Coloureds? We are still waiting and we will wait throughout this debate, but we will hear nothing from that side of the House in this regard.

I should like to ask whether it is not true that the Bantu population of this country living in the urban areas, cling to their rights as though their lives depended upon it? In fact, they do. What is the alternative offered by that Nationalist Party to any Bantu living today in an urban area in secure industrial employment? If that Bantu loses his job in that urban area, where does he go? He is endorsed to an area like the Transkei whose own Chief Minister has said that there is nothing there for such a Bantu to do and whose own Parliament has said that it is no longer prepared to make a contribution to funds to bear the burden of supplying food and homing to those kind of people. What do we have from the hon. members on that side of the House? The hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Education got up and went into orbit again. We again saw the old psychedelic cloud of the Nationalist Party. The hon. the Deputy Minister went on a trip. He told us what a fabulous life the Bantu will have one day when they get independence. But we are talking about South Africa as it is now today. The hon. the Deputy Minister himself, the other day, was forced to give a warning to the people in the Western Cape who are employing illegal Bantu.

The DEPUTY MINISTER OF BANTU ADMINISTRATION AND EDUCATION:

Why not?

Mr. W. M. SUTTON:

Mr. Chairman, there is no reason why in terms of Government policy, the hon. the Deputy Minister should not issue a warning. But there are two factors that should be taken into consideration. One is that the White industrialists are so absolutely desperate for labour that they are prepared wittingly to employ illegal labour. They know it is illegal, but they simply cannot keep going and do their daily business without having to employ labour they know is illegal. There are Bantu people in the White areas of South Africa who have come here to work. We know how they get here. They know they are here illegally. But they know that where they come from, there is absolutely nothing for them to do. This is the condition to which this Government has reduced the industrialist in the Western Cape, namely that the whole of industry is based today on illegal employment of people who are here illegally.

The hon. the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Education, some time ago, had a refreshing experience. The hon. the Deputy Minister took out his big stick and tried to dragoon the housewives of Randburg. He will remember what a shocking time he had by the time the housewives of Randburg had finished with him. He was mopped out of Randburg. That is what happened to him. People were being employed there illegally. These people were desperate for work and they were employed by people who were desperate to employ them. This is the sort of basis on which this Nationalist Party is building their dream of the future. It simply does not exist. The reality of South Africa is Bantu people in the urban areas in industrial employment, creating the wealth which is the stability of the future for White South Africa and for Black South Africa.

When we mention White leadership, it sounds as if it is a swear word in the mouths of hon. members on that side of the House. White leadership is the only hope that the Black people have to reach any kind of civilized standard of living in this century. That party on the other side has rejected the whole idea of White leadership. It is only the United Party which believes in that. We say that we will take these people by the hand, we will reach out to their imaginations, we will create an ideal for them, we will give them a chance to see what Western Christian civilization can mean. Having shown them what Western Christian civilization can mean, we will give them the means to attain it by the co-operation between Black South Africa and White South Africa that takes place in the urban areas. The Nationalist Party, at its peril, at the peril of all of South Africa, White as well as Black, will fiddle around with the established stable Bantu population in those urban areas. I believe the Nationalist Party is attempting by its policy of endorsing out Bantu labour, to upset the stable pattern that has developed over the past few years. I say this is something which is endangering everything which has been created in South Africa. The hon. member for Durban North mentioned the question of security. The greatest defence you can have against riot, against Communist infiltration and against any kind of indoctrination, is a body of people which has something of its own to protect. What we need is people who will turn out into the streets to beat up the rioters if their own windows are going to be broken. This is the sort of body of people which the United Party has seen created in South Africa. It is not a question that they are being created; they are here today. It is a measure of the blindness, the ignorance and the stupidity of the Nationalist Party that they can persist with and go ahead with a policy which will not succeed, that they can sit in the green benches and dream about the green pastures that will be coming over the hill, when we are today facing the reality of what is happening at this moment in South Africa.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

Mr. Chairman, the hon. member for Mooi River, who has just resumed his seat, raised the same argument here as the hon. member for Durban Point. What the argument amounts to. and the hon. member for Durban Point said this.is that the United Party believes in one common loyalty in the whole of South Africa.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

And authority.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

Now the hon. member even adds authority as well. In other words, the United Party believes in permanent White domination for South Africa.

HON. MEMBERS:

Nonsense!

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

It is true that the United Party believes in permanent White domination in South Africa. If it is not permanent White domination, then it is total integration. It is one of the two. After I had listened attentively to the hon. member for Mooi River … [Interjections.]

*The. CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member for Umlazi must give the hon. member a chance.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

After I had listened attentively to the hon. member for Mooi River, I believe it to be the second, i.e. total integration. I say this, because the hon. member for Mooi River made the point that the Bantu would always remain in the White areas. In addition he said that he must be educated, that he must co-operate, that he must be economically integrated with the Whites and that he must remain in the White areas. I say that the United Party believes, in the first place, in permanent domination, because they do not believe that their policy, when they implement it, will result in total integration.

Mr. G. J. BANDS:

Come out of orbit!

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

I shall do so, and I shall not go where the hon. member is going. The United Party kicked up a tremendous racket here about the demands that Chief Matanzima made to the Government. It is true, Chief Matanzima did do so, but we on this side of the House have always recognized the standpoint that if anything in the reserves were to go wrong it would only be restricted to the reserve where it was developed. In this case the demand was made by the Transkei, but when the United Party’s policy has to be implemented, and those eight White representatives are active in this House, pressure is going to be exercised on the members to state the demands of the Bantu states in this House. Then it will not only come from the Transkei, as is the case at present. That is the difference. Such pressure will be exercised on those eight White representatives of the Black man in this House that they will be replaced, in the course of time, by the Blacks. When they are replaced by eight Black representatives, it will only be a short time before the figure stands at 25. Not long after that it will be 30. 50 and 150, and eventually this will contribute to the political downfall of the Whites in South Africa.

*Mr. W. V. RAW:

As is happening in the case of Port St. Johns, Mount Currie and Matatiele?

The CHAIRMAN:

Order! The hon. member for Durban Point must cease interjecting.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

Mr. Chairman, the other day I told the hon. member for Durban Point that he reminded me of an evening flower. Tonight he has opened up. We shall therefore not blame him.

Then there is also the argument here about the land areas. Today the Bantu have only 13 per cent of South Africa’s surface area. What is the true situation? After consolidation the Bantu are surely going to have a bit more than 19 per cent of South Africa’s land, which is quite a bit more than 13 per cent. If we compare the potential of that 19 per cent proportionately with that of the White areas South Africa controls, the agricultural potential of that 19 per cent is certainly no less than 60 or 65 per cent of the potential of the White land in South Africa, since large portions of the land area owned by the Whites are desert areas. The land areas occupied by the Black man are high rainfall areas. That more than 19 per cent which the Black man owns, consists of the best agricultural areas in South Africa.

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

Go and tell that to Kaiser Matanzima.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

Who is boss in White South Africa, we or any Black leader? Why does the hon. member want to force me to do something by saying, “Go and tell that to this or that person”?

*Mr. E. G. MALAN:

What of White leadership?

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

We have White leadership. In any case, that is the position with respect to White and Bantu land in South Africa.

But we can take the matter back further. Before the advent of Union, Lesotho, Botswana and Swaziland were a part of Southern Africa. Those were already areas that the Whites had to relinquish in respect of Southern Africa. When one adds those parts to this more than 19 per cent allocated to the Black man in South Africa and which belonged to them originally, we have a good 50 per cent belonging to the Black people of Southern Africa, which is a large portion. That is why our consciences are clear as far as the Black man is concerned.

*An HON. MEMBER:

You have an easy conscience.

*Mr. H. J. BOTHA:

This hon. member knows as much about the matters we are discussing as my boot. His only task is to make interjections here, and then his interjections are so simple that he himself does not understand them. It is said that the Black man is walking off the reserves. I could walk off my own farm as well, if I did not want to work. Those parts alongside the Transkei have a high productivity. On the one hand 75 bags per morgen are produced, while on the other hand there are not even three bags per morgen. Whose fault is that? Is it our fault, as Whites? No, I agree with what the late Dr. Verwoerd said, i.e. that the Transkei could easily carry 12 to 15 million people.

Business interrupted in accordance with Standing Order No. 23.

House Resumed:

Progress reported.

The House adjourned at 10.30 p.m.